Wire Rope Sling

Table of Contents
WIRE ROPE, SLINGS, & RIGGING HARDWARE

Wire Rope General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
General Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Wire Rope ID and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Handling and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . .8-11
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23
Important Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 20-23
Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-61
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-39, 42-61
Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-71
Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65
Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67
Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-87
Web Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-73
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-83, 85-87
How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-93
Round Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-89
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-93
Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95
Utility Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-100
Ultrex Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Maxibraid Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Double Esterlon Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Maxibraid Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Ultrex Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-107
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101,104-105
Load Restraints Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-103
Load Restraints Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . .106
Load Restraints Flatbed Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

Truck and SUV Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-114
Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains . . .115
Rigging Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-161
Forged Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-117
Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Spelter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-120
Open Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Closed Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Round Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Alloy Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-127
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
COLD TUFF Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130
Wide Body Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Alloy Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132-133
COLD TUFF Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Pear Shaped Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-136
Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Forged Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138-139
Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
SHUR-LOC Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks . . . . . .142-143
Pipe Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
UNC Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-147
Forged Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149
Forged Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-156
Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-161
General Cautions and War nings
All products supplied and manufactured by Delta Rigging

and Tools are sold with the express understanding that the
purchaser is thoroughly familiar with the safe and proper
use and application of the product.
Responsibility for the use and application of the products
rests with the user.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication,

abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure could
allow the load to become out of control, resulting in
possible property damage, personal injury or death.
There are numerous government and industry standards
that cover products sold by Delta Rigging and Tools. This
catalog makes no attempt to reference all of them. We do
reference the standards that are most frequently asked
about.
Ratings shown in Delta Rigging and Tools literature are
applicable only to new or in as new condition products.
Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a
product can carry under usual environmental conditions.
Shock loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken
into account when selecting products for use in a system.
In general, the products displayed in Delta Rigging and
Tools literature are used as parts of a system being
employed to accomplish a task. Therefore, we can only
recommend within the Working Load Limits, or other stated
limitations, the use of products for this purpose.
The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency

Rating of each Delta Rigging and Tools-supplied product
may be affected by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion,
deformation, intentional alteration, and other use
conditions. Regular inspection must be conducted to
determine whether use can be continued at the catalog
assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or whether the product must
be withdrawn from service.
Delta Rigging and Tools products generally are intended for
tension or pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts
additional force or loading which the product is not
designed to accommodate.
Welding Delta Rigging and Tools-supplied load support
parts or products can be hazardous. Knowledge of
materials, heat treatment, and welding procedures are
necessary for proper welding. Delta Rigging and Tools
should be consulted for information.
The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of Delta Rigging and
Tools-supplied products for the reeving, of wire, manila, or
synthetic ropes is based upon design; the catalog ultimate
strength for the rope parts, when totaled, may exceed the
assigned Ultimate Load Rating.
The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed the
lowest Working Load Limit of the components in the
system.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that Delta Rigging and Tools' warranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely to
Delta Rigging and Tools' choice of repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price of any product or part thereof determined by Delta Rigging and
Tools to be defective within the first 12 months following the transfer to title of the product from Delta Rigging and Tools to the purchaser. Purchaser and
Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period, the purchased product carries no warranty
whatsoever. Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that the remedies provided in this section are the purchasers exclusive remedies in
connection with the purchase or use of the product. Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that in no event shall Delta Rigging and Tools
be liable for any incidental or consequential damages in connection with the purchase or use of the product.
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY
DISCLAIMED. PURCHASER HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM
COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
ADDITIONALLY, DELTA RIGGING AND TOOLS HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WARRANTY,
CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE.
Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools is complete. All prior or contemporaneous discussions,
representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements between parties are superseded by this
Warranty.
Wire Rope Identification and Construction
Wire ropes are identified by a nomenclature that is referenced to: 1) the number of strands in the rope, 2) the number
(nominal or exact) and arrangement of wires in each strand, and 3) a descriptive word or letter indicating the type of
construction, i.e., the geometric arrangement of wires.
19 WARRINGTON
19 SEALE
25 FILLER WIRE
43 FILLER
WIRE SEALE
49 SEALE
WARRINGTON SEALE
GENERAL INFORMATION
7 WIRE
Figure 1. Four Basic Strand Patterns
31 WARRINGTON
46 SEALE
FILLER WIRE
Figure 2. Combination Strand Patterns
SELECTING THE PROPER TYPE OF WIRE ROPE CENTER

There are three general types of wire rope centers.
(1) STRAND CENTER
The strand center is usually confined to use in stationary
ropes such as guys, suspension bridge cables, and in
ropes of small diameter such as aircraft cable. It is also
occasionally specified on installations where severe
crushing may be experienced.
(3) INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE

CENTER (IWRC)
(2) FIBER CENTER
An independent wire rope center is usually specified to

provide for one or more of three particular requirements,
as follows:
(a) Increased strength
(b) Greater resistance to crushing
(c) Resistance to excessive heat
This center is made of either pre-lubricated Java sisal

fibers or plastic fibers, usually polypropylene. These
fibers are made into an extremely hard-laid rope which
will stand up under the high pressures of rope service.
These centers are used only when normal operating
loads do not rupture the fibers. The polypropylene center
is generally recommended when operating conditions
other than crushing destroy the sisal. One example
would be the presence of acid.
An IWRC increases the strength by 7% and weight of

a wire rope by 10%, and decreases the flexibility
slightly. It greatly increases the resistance of the wire
rope to crushing and is especially recommended on
installations where severe loads are placed on ropes
running over sheaves or wound on drums. Unless
required for one or more of the above properties, the
use of an IWRC should be avoided.
WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Cross sections of some commonly used wire rope constructions.
6 x 7 FIBER CORE
6 x 21 FILLER WIRE
WITH FIBER CORE
6 x 25 FILLER WIRE
WITH FIBER CORE
6 x 25 FILLER WIRE
IWRC
6 x 19 STAINLESS STEEL
7 x 7 AIRCRAFT CABLE
7 x 19 AIRCRAFT CABLE
6 x 31 WARRINGTON
SEALE IWRC
6 x 36 SEALE FILLER
WIRE IWRC
6 x 36 WARRINGTON
SEALE FIBER CORE
6 x 31 FILLER WIRE
SEALE IWRC
6 x 36 SEALE
IWRC
6 x 41 WARRINGTON
SEALE IWRC
19 x 7 NONROTATING
8 x 25 ROTATIONRESISTANT
6 x 26 WARRINGTON
SEALE IWRC
6 x 19 SEALE
IWRC
7 x 7 x 19 CABLE LAID

Wire Rope Technical Board
CONSTRUCTION OF TYPICAL ROPE LAYS

Five different lays of rope to choose from.
(1) Right Regular Lay
GENERAL INFORMATION
(2) Left Regular Lay
(3) Right Lang Lay
(4) Left Lang Lay
(5) Right Alternate Lay
Wire rope is identified not only by its component parts, but also by its construction, i.e., by the way the wires have been
laid to form strands, and by the way the strands have been laid around the core.
A regular lay rope is one in which the direction of lay of the wires of the individual strands is opposite to that of the
strands in the rope resulting in the individual wires running parallel to the longitudinal axis of the rope.
A lang lay rope is one in which the direction of the wires of the individual strand is the same as that of the strands in the
rope resulting in the individual wires running diagonally across the longitudinal axis of the rope.
In an alternate right and left lay rope, the strands are alternately regular lay and lang lay. This construction is seldom
used, its principal application being on button conveyors.
Lang lay ropes are advantageous over regular lay ropes in that they provide a greater wearing surface, result in less
wear on sheave equipment and provide a greater bending fatigue resistance, however, they are not nearly as stable as
regular lay ropes from a standpoint of resisting crushing and bird-caging, therefore they are limited in their applications
and should be used only where recommended by a qualified wire rope engineer.
Handling and Installation

RECEIVING, INSPECTION AND STORAGE

For all wire rope, the best time to begin taking appropriate care and handling measures is immediately upon receiving it.
On arrival, the rope should be carefully checked to make certain that the delivered product matches the description on
tags, requisition forms, packing slips, purchase orders, and invoice.
MEASURING WIRE
DIAMETER
GENERAL INFORMATION
The true diameter of a wire rope is the

diameter of a circle enclosing it. For
this reason, measurements to
determine the size of the rope should
be taken across the longest diameter.
The illustrations show the right and
wrong way of measuring the rope.
RIGHT WAY
WRONG WAY
Figure 3. Checking the Diameter
WINDING ON A DRUM
CORRECT
Figure 4. The correct and the wrong way to wind wire rope from reel to drum.
Figure 5. By holding the right or left

hand with index finger extended, palm
up or palm down, the proper
procedure for applying left- and rightlay rope on a smooth drum can be
easily determined.
It is not necessary to investigate this

condition on grooved drums where the
rope has a definite track to follow. It is
customary to use right lay ropes in the
majority of cases and therefore left lay
ropes should be used only where it is
not economical to wind in the direction
for right lay ropes as illustrated.
OVERWIND
OVERWIND
OVERWIND
Wind Right to Left
Wind Left to Right
USE LEFT LAY ROPE USE RIGHT LAY ROPE
INCORRECT
UNDERWIND
Wind Left to Right
UNDERWIND
Wind Right to Left
UNDERWIND
Wire rope, when winding on the drum,

will rotate in the direction of its helix
angle that is, when standing behind
the drum looking toward the direction
of rope travel, a right lay rope will
rotate counter clockwise and a left lay
rope clockwise. Therefore when
winding one layer only on a flat faced
drum, the correct lay rope to use (as
illustrated below) will wind smoothly.
Handling and Installation

CALCULATING DRUM CAPACITY
Clearance
The capacity of a drum for wire rope in feet uniformly

wound is calculated by the following formula:
Figure 6. Clearance
= Minimum
clearances should
be about 1 inch for
ropes 1/2 inch and
smaller and about
twice the diameter
of the rope for ropes
9/16 inch diameter
and larger.
L = (A + B) x A x C x K
L
A
B
C
=
=
=
=
Length of rope in feet

Depth of flange in inches minus clearance
Diameter of drum in inches
Width of drum in inches
GENERAL INFORMATION
C O N S TA N T = K
ROPE DIAMETER (IN.)
CONSTANT
ROPE DIAMETER (IN.)
CONSTANT
1/4
4.52
1-1/8
.220
3/8
2.01
1-1/4
.170
7/16
1.47
1-3/8
.142
1/2
1.13
1-1/2
.115
9/16
.894
1-5/8
.105
5/8
.725
1-3/4
.090
3/4
.503
1-7/8
.080
7/8
.355
.070
1-1/2
.280
2-1/8
.060
FLEET ANGLES
Defining fleet angles on installations where the
rope passes over a sheave onto the drum.
To prevent a poor winding condition of wire rope on
the drums of any equipment and excessive wear of
rope on the flanges of a fixed position or head sheave
leading to the drum, the maximum angle between the
center line of the sheave and the rope when at either
side of the drum should not be greater than 1-1/2 for
smooth faced drums and 3 for grooved drums. This
angle is known as the fleet angle.
A fleet angle of 1-1/2 is equivalent to a lead of 40
feet per foot of fleet across the drum, measured from
the center line of the sheave or a lead of 20 feet per
foot of fleet across the drum for a fleet angle of 3.
Smaller fleet angles may result in the rope piling up
on the drum. Larger fleet angles may cause excessive
wear from rubbing against the flanges of the sheave
as well as excessive crushing and abrasion of the rope
on the drum.
Figure 7. Wherever practicable, the head

sheave should be placed so that its center
line bisects the portion of the drum which
the rope traverses.
7
Installation, Operation and Maintenance
PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

Including groove diameters and relative merits of various materials for sheaves and drums.
GENERAL INFORMATION
In all applications of wire rope wherein the use of

sheaves and drums are involved, the design of these
sheaves and drums with respect to dimensions and
materials has considerable bearing on the service life
received from the wire rope operating on this
equipment. The actual service received may be
decreased by 50% or more where faulty equipment is
involved.
The four main factors to be considered from this
standpoint are:
1. Design
2. Materials Used
3. Alignment
4. Care of the equipment in service
For all elevator ropes, the tolerances shall be +1/64

minimum to +1/32 maximum.
The use of sheave groovers smaller than, or in excess
of, the above tolerances may result in materially
reduced service.
Maximum efficiency will be obtained from sheaves
whose flanges form an angle of approximately 15 with
the vertical as shown resulting in about 42% of the
circumference of the rope in contact with the groove of
the sheave. Grooves with vertical flanges are
unsatisfactory because they result in excessive chafing
of the rope.
Figure 8. Illustrates the various dimensions of a

sheave, and the use of a sheave gauge
(illustraton on left).
DIAMETER TOLERANCES FOR SHEAVE GROOVES
NOMINAL ROPE DIAMETER
GROOVE DIAMETER TOLERANCES
(INCHES)
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
1/4 through 5/16
+ 1/64
+ 1/32
3/8 through 3/4
+ 1/32
+ 1/16
13/16 through 1-1/8
+ 3/64
+ 3/32
1-3/16 through 1-1/2
+ 1/16
+ 1/8
1-9/16 through 2-1/4
+ 3/32
+ 5/32
2-5/16 up
+ 1/8
+ 3/16
PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

Recommended minimum tread diameters of sheaves and drums in inches for operating ropes.
6X7
(42D)
10-1/2
13-1/4
15-3/4
18-1/2
21
23-1/2
26-1/4
31-1/2
36-3/4
42
47-1/4
52-1/2
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
6 X 19 SEALE
18 X 17
NON-SPINNING
(34D)
8-1/2
10-3/4
12-3/4
15
17
19-1/4
21-1/4
25-1/2
29-3/4
34
38-1/4
42-1/2
46-3/4
51
55-1/4
59-1/2
63-3/4
68
6 X 16 FILLER WIRE
6 X 19 WARRINGTON
FLATTENED
STRAND (30D)
7-1/2
9-1/2
11-1/4
13-1/4
15
17
18-3/4
22-1/2
26-1/4
30
33-3/4
37-1/2
41-1/4
45
48-3/4
52-1/2
56-1/4
60
8 X 19 SEALE
6 X 19 FILLER WIRE
(26D)
6-1/2
8-1/4
9-3/4
11-1/2
13
14-3/4
16-1/4
19-1/2
22-3/4
26
29-1/4
32-1/2
35-3/4
39
42-1/4
45-1/2
48-3/4
52
6 X 37 SEALE
6 X 41 SHOVEL
(18D)
...............
...............
6-3/4
8
9
10-1/4
11-1/4
13-1/2
15-3/4
18
20-1/4
22-1/2
24-3/4
27
29-1/4
31-1/2
33-3/4
36
6 X 42
TILLER
(34D)
3-1/2
4-1/2
5-1/4
6-1/4
7
8
8-3/4
10-1/2
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
GENERAL INFORMATION
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
SAFE LOADS - FACTORS OF SAFETY

Several points must be taken into consideration during installation.
In determining the factor of safety for any installation involving
the use of wire rope, there are several points which must be
taken into consideration including impact, normal and static
loads, acceleration, types of attachments used, types and
arrangement of sheaves and drums, economical rope life, the
reserve strength of the rope to be used, and the degree of
danger to life and property. Each and every one of these points
must be given due consideration in the determination of the
factors of safety and the rope to be used.
Derrick Guys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Stack Guys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Wrecking Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Towing Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Logging Ropes
Spar Tree Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1/2
Sky Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Flying Yarders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3/4
The factor of safety is determined by dividing the breaking strength

of the rope used by the maximum load to be applied thereon, i.e.,
the factor of safety of 1 inch 6 x 19 improved Plow Steel rope with
a breaking strength of 41.8 tons having a maximum applied load of
8.36 tons is 41.8 divided by 8.36 or 5 to 1.
Operation Ropes on
While arbitrary values for factors of safety cannot be definitely

set for various classifications of service due to the considerable
number of variables as described above in each installation, the
following minimum safety factors have been established
through considerable experience as being satisfactory under
normal conditions.
Hot Ladle Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Clamshell Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mine Hoists, Refuse Planes
and Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Industrial Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elevators
Slow Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 10
High Speed Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12
Suspension Bridge
Main Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
On special installations, may we suggest that you contact our

engineering department for information as to safe loads and
desirable factors of safety.
Suspender Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Cableway Track Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SHOCK LOADS
Several points must be taken into consideration during installation.
EXAMPLE OF SHOCK
TAKING UP SLACK AT FULL SPEED

STRESS ON THE ROPE
TOTAL LOAD AT REST

TAKING UP 3" SLACK
GENERAL INFORMATION
TAKING UP 6" SLACK

TAKING UP 12" SLACK
6,375 lbs.
11,200 lbs.
C
D
12,250 lbs.
15,675 lbs.
If Safety Factor of 5 was provided for Condition A

WHAT FACTOR DO YOU HAVE LEFT WHEN CONDITION CHANGED TO D?
HOW CAN YOU AVOID SHOCK

LOADS?
T H E O P E R AT O R I S A L L I M P O R TA N T
1. Make sure there is no slack and no jerking of the

rope at the start of the loading.
Provided the equipment is in good condition, and the

correct rope is properly installed, the responsibility lies
squarely on the operator to avoid shock loads. A good
operator is a good ropes best friend, and when this
friendship ceases, the rope might just as well be cut up
with a torch or emery wheel. An operator can make or
break a wire rope. There is no substitute for experience
in handling rope and a desire to get the most out of it.
2. Watch carefully the loads hoisted to see that they are

not beyond the ropes proper working load.
3. Do not allow rope to become fouled or jammed either
on the drum or by jumping a sheave.
4. Start load carefully. Too fast acceleration overloads
the rope. Watch how the rope takes it on the pick-up.
Apply power smoothly and steadily.
10
SUMMARY OF SUGGESTIONS
Obtaining the maximum possible service from wire rope.
NEVER ALLOW ROPES TO KINK
OR BIRDCAGE AS THEY WILL BE
P E R M A N E N T LY D A M A G E D
Wire rope, being made of steel, is subject to rapid

deterioration through exposure to acid fumes, excessive
heat, or moisture. Should the type of installation require
that it be exposed to any or all of these conditions, it
should be protected accordingly and extreme care
should be taken to ensure the proper type of rope being
recommended for this type of installation.
A permanent kink or bird-cage cannot be repaired.

Either of these conditions, almost invariably caused by
improper handling, results in greatly decreased service
or immediate removal of the rope. In addition, the kink
or bird-cage is a weak spot in the rope and greatly
reduces the tensile strength of the rope.
SELECT THE PROPER SIZE,

GRADE AND CONSTRUCTION OF
ROPE
This is the prime factor in obtaining maximum service
from wire rope. In order to ensure the initial installation
of the proper type rope, we maintain a staff of competent,
experienced wire rope engineers who are at all times
available to serve you in recommending proper types of
rope for any and all types of rope-using equipment.
A LWAY S K E E P Y O U R R O P E S
P R O P E R LY L U B R I C AT E D
GENERAL INFORMATION
DO NOT SUBJECT ROPES TO

A C I D F U M E S , E X C E S S I V E H E AT
OR MOISTURE
USE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE OF

SHEAVES AND DRUMS
The use of the proper size and type of sheaves and drums
will provide greatly increased rope service, far out of the
proportion to the cost of installation of proper equipment.
WHERE END FITTINGS ARE
U S E D , U S E S TA N D A R D
PRESCRIBED METHODS OF
A P P LY I N G S A M E
A chain is no stronger than its weakest link. The same
statement may be applied to wire rope with end fittings.
A wire rope is in reality a machine with its component

wires constituting its moving parts, therefore it should
be treated as a machine with regards to lubrication
during periods of service. While it is true that all ropes
are treated at the factory with the very best available
lubricants, these lubricants in many instances cannot be
expected to last throughout the service life of the rope.
For this reason, strict attention to the requirements of
lubrication of wire rope while in service will result in
greatly improved performance and service obtained.
K E E P R O P E S P R O P E R LY S E I Z E D
AT A L L T I M E S T O P R E V E N T H I G H
S T R A N D S A N D U N L AY I N G O F R O P E
An improperly seized non-preformed rope is subject not
only to the loss of the portion of rope which will fray out
or unlay if the seizing becomes loose, but in addition,
may result in one or more high strands which will work
back into the rope resulting in early destruction of the
rope due to concentrated wear on these high strands.
11
Important War nings
READ ALL WARNINGS BEFORE USING THIS PUBLICATION

Failure to follow warnings and instructions may result in serious injury or death.
Anyone using this publication must read and understand all
warnings and other information listed below and preceding
and/or adjacent to the product description. The following
apply to all of the products in this price list. Warnings
specific to individual products are printed at the beginning
of each product section.
WIRE ROPE
All products are sold with the express understanding that

the purchaser is thoroughly familiar with their correct
application and safe use. Use all products properly, in a
safe manner and for the application for which they were
intended. Delta Rigging and Tools assumes no responsibility
for the use or misapplication of any product sold by this
firm. Responsibility for design and use decisions rests with
the user.
REMEMBER: ANY PRODUCT WILL
BREAK IF ABUSED, MISUSED,
O V E R U S E D O R N O T M A I N TA I N E D
P R O P E R LY.
Such breaks can cause loads to fall or swing out of
control, possibly resulting in serious injury or death as
well as major property damage.
Therefore:
1. Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL).
2. Match components properly.
3. Keep out from under a raised load.
4. Avoid shock loads.
5. Inspect products regularly.
It would be impossible in the scope of this publication to list
all possible dangers and misapplications associated with
the use of all products contained herein. However, in order
to promote safe rigging habits, the most common hazards
associated with the use of these products are outlined.
Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). The Working

Load Limit is the maximum load which should ever be
applied to a product, even when the product is new and
when the load is uniformly applied straight line pull only.
Avoid side loading. All catalog ratings are based upon
usual environmental conditions, and consideration must be
given to unusual conditions such as extreme high or low
temperatures, chemical solutions or vapors, prolonged
immersion in salt water, etc. Such conditions or high-risk
applications may necessitate reducing the Working Load
Limit.
M AT C H I N G O F C O M P O N E N T S
Components must match. Make certain that components
such as hooks, links or shackles, etc. used with wire rope
(or chain or cordage) are of suitable material size and
strength to provide adequate safety protection. Attachments
must be properly installed and must have a Working Load
Limit at least equal to the product with which they are
used. Remember: Any chain is only as strong as its
weakest link.
RAISED LOADS
Keep out from under a raised load. Take notice of the
recommendation from the National Safety Council Accident
Prevention Manual concerning all lifting operations:
*All employees working at cranes or hoists or assisting

in hooking or arranging a load should be instructed to
keep out from under the load. From a safety standpoint,
one factor is paramount: Conduct all lifting operations
in such a manner, that if there were an equipment
failure, no personnel would be injured. This means
keep out from under a raised load and keep out of the
line of force of any load.
Do not operate a load over people. Do not ride on loads.
WORKING LOAD LIMIT

This is the term used throughout the catalog. There are,
however, other terms used in the industry which are
interchangeable with the term Working Load Limit. These
are: WLL, SWL, Safe Working Load, Rated Load Value,
Resulting Safe Working Load, and Rated Capacity.
12
SHOCK LOADS
Avoid impacting, jerking or swinging of load as the
Working Load Limit could be exceeded and the Working
Load Limit will not apply. A shock load is generally
significantly greater than the static load. Avoid shock loads.
General Purpose Wire Ropes
BRIGHT 6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION
6 x 19 classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance. They give excellent service
with sheaves and drums of moderate size: 6 x 19 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires per
strand, no more than 12 of which are outside wires.
STEEL CORE (IWRC)
FIBER CORE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
BREAKING STRENGTH
PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS*
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
BREAKING STRENGTH
1/4
.105
2.74
1/4
.116
3.4
5/16
.164
4.26
5/16
.18
5.27
3/8
.236
6.10
3/8
.26
7.55
7/16
.32
8.27
7/16
.35
10.2
1/2
.42
10.7
1/2
.46
13.3
9/16
.53
13.5
9/16
.59
16.8
5/8
.66
16.7
5/8
.72
20.6
3/4
.95
23.8
3/4
1.04
29.4
7/8
1.29
32.2
7/8
1.42
39.8
1.68
41.8
1.85
51.7
1-1/8
2.13
52.6
1-1/8
2.34
65.0
1-1/4
2.63
64.6
1-1/4
2.89
79.9
1-3/8
3.18
77.7
1-3/8
3.50
96.0
1-1/2
3.78
92.0
1-1/2
4.16
114.0
1-3/4
5.15
124.0
1-5/8
4.88
132.0
6.72
160.0
1-3/4
5.67
153.0
2-1/4
8.51
200.0
7.39
198.0
2-1/2
10.5
244.0
2-1/4
9.36
247.0
2-3/8
10.4
274.0
2-1/2
11.6
302.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
WIRE ROPE
STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS)
FIBER CORE (IPS)
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of
new, unused wire rope. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Most importantly, wire
rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the
AISI Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of
steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.
Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.
13
BRIGHT 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION
6 x 37 classification ropes are more flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains
numerous small diameter wires. As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain
6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.
WIRE ROPE
FIBER CORE
STEEL CORE (IWRC)
FIBER CORE (IPS)
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
BREAKING STRENGTH
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
BREAKING STRENGTH
1/4
.105
2.74
1/4
.116
3.4
5/16
.164
4.26
5/16
.18
5.27
3/8
.236
6.10
3/8
.26
7.55
7/16
.32
8.27
7/16
.35
10.2
1/2
.42
10.7
1/2
.46
13.3
9/16
.53
13.5
9/16
.59
16.8
5/8
.66
16.7
5/8
.72
20.6
3/4
.95
23.8
3/4
1.04
29.4
7/8
1.29
32.2
7/8
1.42
39.8
1.68
41.8
1.85
51.7
1-1/8
2.13
52.6
1-1/8
2.34
65.0
1-1/4
2.63
64.6
1-1/4
2.89
79.9
1-3/8
3.18
77.7
1-3/8
3.50
96.0
1-1/2
3.78
92.0
1-1/2
4.16
114.0
1-3/4
5.15
124.0
1-5/8
4.88
132.0
6.72
160.0
1-3/4
5.67
153.0
2-1/4
8.51
200.0
7.39
198.0
2-1/2
10.5
244.0
2-1/4
9.36
247.0
2-1/2
11.6
368.0
16.6
428.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
14
GALVANIZED FIBER CORE

6 X 1 9 C L A S S I F I C AT I O N
6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION
APPROX. WEIGHT
MINIMUM BREAKING
PER FOOT IN POUNDS STRENGTH IN TONS*
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
MINIMUM BREAKING
3/16
.059
1.40
1/4
.105
2.47
1/4
.105
2.47
5/16
.164
3.83
5/16
.164
3.83
3/8
.236
5.49
3/8
.236
5.49
7/16
.32
7.44
7/16
.32
7.44
1/2
.42
9.63
1/2
.42
9.63
9/16
.53
12.1
9/16
.53
12.1
5/8
.66
15.0
5/8
.66
15.0
3/4
.95
21.4
3/4
.95
21.4
7/8
1.29
29.0
7/8
1.29
29.0
1.68
37.6
1.68
37.6
1-1/8
2.13
47.3
1-1/8
2.13
47.3
1-1/4
2.63
58.1
1-1/4
2.63
58.1
1-3/8
3.18
69.9
1-3/8
3.18
69.9
1-1/2
3.78
82.8
1-1/2
3.78
82.8
1-5/8
4.44
96.3
1-5/8
4.44
96.3
1-3/4
5.15
112.0
1-3/4
5.15
112.0
1-7/8
5.91
127.0
1-7/8
5.91
127.0
6.72
144.0
6.72
144.0
2-1/8
7.59
161.0
2-1/8
7.59
161.0
2-1/4
8.51
180.0
2-1/4
8.51
180.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
WIRE ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
15
DRAWN GALVANIZED STEEL CORE (IWRC)

WIRE ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
MINIMUM BREAKING
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
MINIMUM BREAKING
1/4
.116
3.4
1/4
.116
3.4
5/16
.180
5.27
5/16
.180
5.27
3/8
.260
7.55
3/8
.260
7.55
7/16
.35
10.2
7/16
.35
10.2
1/2
.46
13.3
1/2
.46
13.3
9/16
.59
16.8
9/16
.59
16.8
5/8
.72
20.6
5/8
.72
20.6
3/4
1.04
29.4
3/4
1.04
29.4
7/8
1.42
39.8
7/8
1.42
39.8
1.85
51.7
1.85
51.7
1-1/8
2.34
65.0
1-1/8
2.34
65.0
1-1/4
2.89
79.9
1-1/4
2.89
79.9
1-3/8
3.50
96.0
1-3/8
3.50
96.0
1-1/2
4.16
114.0
1-1/2
4.16
114.0
1-5/8
4.88
132.0
1-5/8
4.88
132.0
1-3/4
5.67
153.0
1-3/4
5.67
153.0
1-7/8
6.50
198.0
1-7/8
6.50
198.0
7.39
247.0
7.39
247.0
2-1/8
8.35
368.0
2-1/8
8.35
368.0
2-1/4
9.36
428.0
2-1/4
9.36
428.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
16
Rotation Resistant Wire Ropes
19 X 19 ROTATION-RESISTANT
19 x 19 is recommended for both multipart load and singlepart fast line applications where rotational stability of the lifted
load is needed, such as for use as a long fall on offshore pedestal cranes, rough and all terrain cranes, and crawler cranes.
19 X 19 PROVIDES:
1 9 X 1 9 R O TAT I O N - R E S I S TA N T
Fatigue Resistance
Improved fatigue properties are derived through the
combination of the flexible 19 x 19 construction and die
drawn strands. The drawn strand surfaces minimize the
interstrand and interlayer nicking that take place in round
rotation-resistant ropes.
Resistance to Drum Crushing

19 x 19 wire ropes are resistant to the effects of drum
crushing due to the compacted strands and smoothness
of the rope surface.
Flexibility
With 19 strands of 19 wires in all diameters, 19 x 19
remains extremely flexible and easy to handle during both
the installation process and under the extremely harsh
conditions form fast line speeds during spooling.
WIRE ROPE
Abrasion Resistance
Die drawn ropes provide improved abrasion resistance as
compared with round wire ropes because of the greater
wire and strand bearing surfaces contacting sheaves and
drums.
19 X 19 ROTATION - RESISTANT
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
NOMINAL STRENGTH
1/2
.54
14.6
9/16
.69
18.5
5/8
.83
22.7
3/4
1.19
32.4
7/8
1.62
43.8
2.12
56.9
1-1/8
2.68
71.5
1-1/4
3.31
87.9
1-3/8
4.01
106.0
1-1/2
4.77
125.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal
strengths listed. Tons of 2,000 lbs.
17
35 X 7 ROTATION-RESISTANT
35 x 7 offers the best operating and performance characteristics of all rotation-resistant ropes. 35 x 7 is recommended for
crawler and truck-type crane load lines, tower crane hoist ropes, and other applications where high strength, low rotation
and/or the ability to withstand long falls is needed.
I N A D D I T I O N T O T H E FAT I G U E
A N D A B R A S I O N R E S I S TA N C E ,
A N D R E S I S TA N C E T O
M U LT I L AY E R D R U M C R U S H I N G
F R O M I T S D I E D R AW N S T R A N D
DESIGN, 35 X 7 PROVIDES:
3 5 X 7 R O TAT I O N R E S I S TA N T
WIRE ROPE
High Strength
35 x 7s design and manufacturing process provides a
high strength rope which exceeds EEIP nominal breaking
strength.
35 X 7 ROTATIONRESISTANT
Superior Rotation Resistance

35 x 7 is the most rotation-resistant rope of all rotationresistant ropes. 35 x 7s special design and multiplestrand construction provides superior rotation resistance.
Due to its rotation-resistant properties, 35 x 7 may be
used with a swivel in both singlepart and multipart
reeving.
Flexibility
35 x 7s multiple strand design provides increased
flexibility, making it easy to install, and 35 x 7 offers
improved service life and better spooling at high line
speeds.
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
NOMINAL STRENGTH
APPROX. WEIGHT
1/2
.54
15.65
9/16
.64
18.85
5/8
.84
24.80
21/32
.92
27.23
11/16
1.01
28.77
23/32
1.05
31.09
3/4
1.15
34.06
25/32
1.28
38.14
7/8
1.57
46.63
15/16
1.81
54.35
2.16
64.16
1-3/32
2.53
75.08
1-3/16
2.80
83.79
1-1/4
3.36
99.22
1-3/8
3.68
109.14
1-1/2
4.68
138.91
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

18
BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

8 X 2 5 R O TAT I O N R E S I S TA N T
1 9 X 7 N O N - R O TAT I N G
8 X 25 ROTATION RESISTANT
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
3/8
19 X 7 NON-ROTATING
BREAKING STRENGTH
IN TONS*
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
BREAKING STRENGTH
IN TONS*
.26
6.63
1/4
.113
2.77
1/2
.47
11.6
5/16
.177
4.30
9/16
.60
14.7
3/8
.25
6.15
5/8
.73
18.1
7/16
.35
8.33
3/4
1.06
25.9
1/2
.45
10.8
7/8
1.44
35.0
9/16
.58
13.6
1.88
45.5
5/8
.71
16.8
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
3/4
1.02
24.0

7/8
1.39
32.5
1.82
42.2
1-1/8
2.30
53.1
WIRE ROPE
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
Application
8 x 25 is recommended for multiple sheave configurations, while 19 x 7 should be used for a single sheave configuration.
19
7 X 7 / 7 X 19 WIRE ROPE
Not for aircraft use.
G A LVA N I Z E D W I R E R O P E
S TA I N L E S S S T E E L W I R E R O P E
(TYPE 304)
WIRE ROPE
CABLE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
MINIMUM BREAKING
STRENGTH IN POUNDS
1/16
.007
5/64
.011
480
CABLE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
MINIMUM BREAKING
STRENGTH IN POUNDS
650
1/16
.007
480
.016
920
3/32
.016
920
3/32
1/8
.028
1700
1/8
.028
1760
5/32
.043
2600
3/16
.062
3700
3/16
.062
3700
1/4
.106
6100
CABLE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
MINIMUM BREAKING
STRENGTH IN POUNDS
CABLE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
3/32
.017
920
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
MINIMUM BREAKING
STRENGTH IN POUNDS
1/8
.029
1760
3/32
.017
1000
5/32
.045
2400
.065
3700
1/8
.029
2000
3/16
5/32
.045
2800
7/32
.086
5000
3/16
.065
4200
1/4
.110
6400
7/32
.086
5600
5/16
.173
9000
1/4
.110
7000
3/8
.243
12,000
5/16
.173
9800
3/8
.243
14,400
20
STAINLESS STEEL/GALVANIZED CABLE-LAID

6 X 1 9 S TA I N L E S S S T E E L W I R E
ROPE (TYPE 304)
6 X 3 6 S TA I N L E S S S T E E L W I R E
ROPE (TYPE 304)
6 X 36 WARRINGTON
SEALE WITH IWRC
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
BREAKING STRENGTH
IN POUNDS*
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT POUNDS
BREAKING STRENGTH
IN POUNDS*
7/16
.35
16,300
5/16
.18
8,300
1/2
.46
22,800
3/8
.24
11,700
9/16
.59
28,500
7/16
.35
15,800
5/8
.72
35,000
1/2
.46
20,800
3/4
1.04
49,600
9/16
.59
25,600
5/8
.72
31,400
3/4
1.04
44,400
7/8
1.42
59,700
1.85
77,300
1-1/8
2.34
97,000
1-1/4
2.89
125,600
1-3/8
3.50
151,500
CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE

( G A LVA N I Z E D - P R E F O R M E D )
7 X 7 X 7 CABLE-LAID & 7 X 7 X 19 CABLE-LAID

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES) CONSTRUCTION
APPROX.
WEIGHT
PER FOOT
POUNDS
BREAKING
STRENGTH
IN TONS*
3/8
7x7x7
.21
5.7
1/2
7x7x7
.37
9.75
5/8
7x7x7
.58
14.6
3/4
7 x 7 x 19
.88
21.4
7/8
7 x 7 x 19
1.19
28.4
7 x 7 x 19
1.56
36.2
1-1/8
7 x 7 x 19
1.94
44.7
1-1/4
7 x 7 x 19
2.39
53.7
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
WIRE ROPE
6 X 19 (1 + 6 + 12)
WITH IWRC
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but
should never exceed recommended design factor or 20% of catalog
breaking strength.
TO BE USED FOR MECHANICALLY SWAGED SLINGS ONLY.

Do not use for hand-spliced assemblies or for general
purpose operating rope.
WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied,
concerning the use of this product apply only to the
nominal strength of new, unused wire rope. All equipment
using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Most importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected
during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can
cause rope failure. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users
Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel
sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the
sheave equipment manufacturer.
Read important warnings and

information preceding wire rope section.
21
VINYL COATED CABLE

Small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope is sometimes referred to as aircraft cable. It is not intended for
aircraft use but designed for industrial and marine applications. When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable,
match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16" cable coated to 1/4" takes 3/16" clip). Strip plastic coating off cable
where clips will be positioned for full holding power.
C L E A R V I N Y L C O AT E D G A LVA N I Z E D C A B L E
WIRE ROPE
CLEAR VINYL COATED GALVANIZED CABLE

CABLE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
COATED TO
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER 1,000 FOOT
IN POUNDS
BREAKING
STRENGTH
IN POUNDS*
CONSTRUCTION
1/16**
3/32
9.3
480
7x7
1/16**
1/8
11.8
480
7x7
3/32**
1/8
18.5
920
7x7
3/32**
3/16
25.8
920
7x7
1/8**
3/16
35.2
1,700
7x7
3/32**
1/8
19.9
1,000
7 x 19
1/8**
3/16
36.2
2,000
7 x 19
3/16**
1/4
77.5
4,200
7 x 19
1/4**
5/16
123.0
7,000
7 x 19
5/16**
3/8
197.0
9,800
7 x 19
3/8**
7/16
270.0
14,400
7 x 19
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
V I N Y L C O AT E D S TA I N L E S S C A B L E
(TYPE 304)
CLEAR VINYL COATED STAINLESS CABLE

APPROX.
CABLE
WT. PER
DIAMETER COATED 1,000 FT.
(INCHES) TO
POUNDS
BREAKING
STRENGTH
IN POUNDS CONSTRUCTION
1/8**
3/16
36.2
1,760
7 x 19
3/16
1/4
77.5
3,700
7 x 19
1/4**
5/16
123.0
6,400
7 x 19
5/16**
3/8
197.0
9,000
7 x 19
3/8**
7/16
270.0
12,000
7 x 19
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. Approximately 3 weeks delivery.
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed recommended design factor or 20% of catalog breaking strength.
**Uncoated cable according to Federal Specification RR-W-410D. Uncoated cable meets dimensional and strength requirements of MIL-W-83420D.
22
OILFIELD WIRE ROPES

6 X 7 FIBER CORE SAND LINES
6 X 19 DRILL LINES
BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

BREAKING STRENGTH
APPROX. WEIGHT
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
PER FOOT IN POUNDS
BREAKING STRENGTH
IN TONS*
1-1/8
2.34
65.0
1/2
.38
10.3
1-1/4
2.89
79.9
9/16
.48
13.0
5/8
.59
15.9
1-3/8
3.50
96.0
1-1/2
4.16
114.0
1-5/8
4.88
132.0
1-3/4
5.67
153.0
WIRE ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
6 X 26 TUBING LINES

DIAMETER
(INCHES)
APPROX. WEIGHT
BREAKING STRENGTH
3/4
1.04
29.4
7/8
1.42
39.8
1.85
51.7
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
23
Important War nings

Anyone using this publication must read and understand all
warnings and other information listed below and preceding
and/or adjacent to the product description. The following
apply to all of the products in this price list. Warnings
specific to individual products are printed at the beginning
of each product section.
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
All products are sold with the express understanding that

the purchaser is thoroughly familiar with their correct
application and safe use. Use all products properly, in a
safe manner and for the application for which they were
intended. Delta Rigging and Tools assumes no responsibility
for the use or misapplication of any product sold by this
firm. Responsibility for design and use decisions rests with
the user.
REMEMBER: ANY PRODUCT WILL
BREAK IF ABUSED, MISUSED,
O V E R U S E D O R N O T M A I N TA I N E D
P R O P E R LY.
Such breaks can cause loads to fall or swing out of
control, possibly resulting in serious injury or death as
well as major property damage.
Therefore:
1. Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL).
2. Match components properly.
3. Keep out from under a raised load.
4. Avoid shock loads.
5. Inspect products regularly.
It would be impossible in the scope of this publication to list
all possible dangers and misapplications associated with
the use of all products contained herein. However, in order
to promote safe rigging habits, the most common hazards
associated with the use of these products are outlined.
Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). The Working

Load Limit is the maximum load which should ever be
applied to a product, even when the product is new and
when the load is uniformly applied straight line pull only.
Avoid side loading. All catalog ratings are based upon
usual environmental conditions, and consideration must be
given to unusual conditions such as extreme high or low
temperatures, chemical solutions or vapors, prolonged
immersion in salt water, etc. Such conditions or high-risk
applications may necessitate reducing the Working Load
Limit.
M AT C H I N G O F C O M P O N E N T S
Components must match. Make certain that components
such as hooks, links or shackles, etc. used with wire rope
(or chain or cordage) are of suitable material size and
strength to provide adequate safety protection. Attachments
must be properly installed and must have a Working Load
Limit at least equal to the product with which they are
used. Remember: Any chain is only as strong as its
weakest link.
RAISED LOADS
Keep out from under a raised load. Take notice of the
recommendation from the National Safety Council Accident
Prevention Manual concerning all lifting operations:
*All employees working at cranes or hoists or assisting

in hooking or arranging a load should be instructed to
keep out from under the load. From a safety standpoint,
one factor is paramount: Conduct all lifting operations
in such a manner, that if there were an equipment
failure, no personnel would be injured. This means
keep out from under a raised load and keep out of the
line of force of any load.
Do not operate a load over people. Do not ride on loads.
WORKING LOAD LIMIT

This is the term used throughout the catalog. There are,
however, other terms used in the industry which are
interchangeable with the term Working Load Limit. These
are: WLL, SWL, Safe Working Load, Rated Load Value,
Resulting Safe Working Load, and Rated Capacity.
24
SHOCK LOADS
Avoid impacting, jerking or swinging of load as the
Working Load Limit could be exceeded and the Working
Load Limit will not apply. A shock load is generally
significantly greater than the static load. Avoid shock loads.
Wire Rope Grips
SPECIAL HEADS
In addition to our regular grips, we illustrate some of the special purpose grips manufactured. All styles are fabricated from
highest quality flexible Aircraft Strand steel with a protective plastic coating. These may be furnished from Model JL-75
through Model E, or special purpose grips can be fabricated for varied applications. All special heads available with steel
lift eye, as illustrated in Model TSO.
MODEL SE
Single lifting eye with dual topside
opening.
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
MODEL DLE
Dual lift with suspension lift eyes.
MODEL TSO
Topside multiple openings with
single lift steel reinforced eye.
MODEL U
Single bail top opening for bus
drops and suspension.
(#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A. Approv.)
MODEL O
For stringing overhead synthetic
ropes or swivel lines where no
swivel is required, or to join
conductor or rope splice. Used in
reaving conductor and/or rope.
25
Wire Rope Grips
SEALED SWIVELS, R-SERIES GRIPS & SWIVEL EYE GRIPS

6 x 37 classification ropes are more flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains
numerous small diameter wires. As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain
6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.
LEWIS SEALED BALL
BEARING DIRECTION BORING
SWIVEL
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Prevents equipments rotational torque from

interfering with the product being pulled. In a
typical boring application, the swivel is attached
behind the reamer head and to the pipe or cable
being pulled through the bore. Permanently sealed
to keep contaminants out, they never require
lubrication.
C
B
A
BALL
BEARING
SWIVEL
PART#
OVERALL
LENGTH
A (IN.)
DIAMETER JAW
OF PIN
OPENING
B (IN.)
C (IN.)
OVERALL
DIAMETER WORKING
LOAD
D (IN.)
HD-00-S
5/16
3/8
7/8
1,500 lbs.
HD-0-S
5-1/16
7/16
1/2
1-1/8
5,400 lbs.
HD-1-S
6-3/8
1/2
1/2
1-3/8
9,000 lbs.
HD-2-S
5/8
5/8
1-5/8
12,000 lbs.
HD-3-S
8-3/4
3/4
3/4
21,000 lbs.
HD-4-S
10-1/8
7/8
7/8
2-3/8
30,000 lbs.
PART#
SIZE
RANGE (IN.) U.T.S.
WORK
LOAD
EYE (IN.)
MESH
(IN.)
XS-JL-25-R
1/4 1/2
1,200 lbs.
600 lbs.
3-1/2
XS-JL-50-R
1/2 3/4
2,500 lbs.
1,250 lbs.
XS-JL-100-R 3/4 1
2,800 lbs.
1,400 lbs.
4-1/2
10
XS-JL-125-R 1 1-1/2
4,500 lbs.
2,250 lbs.
5-1/2
13
JL-R-SERIES GRIPS
The JL-R series is designed to be used in
secondary light duty cable pulls. The neoprene
cone at the front of the grip helps the grip and
cable go around the tightest bends easily and
smoothly. If installed properly, the cone can also
help eliminate possible cable lubricant migration
by sealing off the end of the cable during a pull.
WARNING
(1) Make a complete inspection of swivel before each use.
(2) See that end pins make up properly and allen screw is in place.
(3) Rotate swivel by hand to determine proper operation of bearings.
(4) Test complete swivel frequently.
(5) Do not alter or modify unit.
26
Wire Rope Grips
SEALED SWIVELS, R-SERIES GRIPS & SWIVEL EYE GRIPS

The SEG series are available with hardened steel
rotating eyes. These eyes are durable, compact,
and streamlined and will thread through blocks
and sheaves without binding.
A
The rotating eye is not a ball bearing swivel and

will not turn while under tension. It will turn to
relieve pulling torque when the pulling tension is
released. If a continual swivel movement is
needed, a ball bearing swivel should be used.
In addition, the SEG series can be customized

to meet customer specifications. We offer the
following options:
A. Special mesh lengths. When a customer would
like a different mesh length than the one
specified on the SEG chart.
B. Mesh available in three different types of wire
for varying applications and environments: 1.
Galvanized (standard) 2. Plastic coated
galvanized 3. Stainless
All inquiries on custom made grips are given our
prompt attention.
SEG-1
LEWIS
PART #
A (IN.)
B (IN.)
C (IN.)
D (IN.)
E (IN.)
SEG-0
3-1/4
7/8
3/8
15/32
17/32
SEG-1
3-1/2
1/2
17/32
5/8
SEG-2
4-5/8
1-3/8
1/2
43/64
7/8
SEG-3
6-1/2
1-5/8
5/8
1-5/8
55/64
SEG-4
7-1/2
1-7/8
2-1/32
63/64
1-3/16
SEG-5/6/7
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/4
2-1/4
1-3/16
1-1/8
1-1/8
SEG-8/9/10 8-1/2
LEWIS
PART #
MESH
SIZE
WORK
LENGTH (IN.) RANGE (IN.) LOAD
BREAKING
STRENGTH
SEG-0
24
1/4 1/2
1,200
6,000 lbs.
SEG-1
36
1/2 1
3,500
10,000 lbs.
SEG-2
42
1 1-1/2
9,600
28,800 lbs.
SEG-3
48
1-1/2 2
11,200
32,000 lbs.
SEG-4
60
2 2-1/2
16,300
49,000 lbs.
SEG-5
60
2-1/2 3
16,700
50,300 lbs.
SEG-6
66
3 3-1/2
16,700
50,300 lbs.
SEG-7
72
3-1/2 4
16,700
50,300 lbs.
SEG-8
72
4 4-1/2
23,300
70,000 lbs.
SEG-9
72
4-1/2 5
23,300
70,000 lbs.
SEG-10
72
5 5-1/2
23,300
70,000 lbs.
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Reference swivel usages per following 1-3

explanations:
1. HD series for overhead and high tension
underground.
2. W series for standard underground pulling.
3. HD-S series when a high tension environment is
anticipated, coupled with a need for a sealed
swivel: i.e. directional boring applications.
27
Wire Rope Grips
STANDARD PULLING GRIPS

MODEL J
Double Weave 6-3/4" to 8"
WORK
LOAD
WEIGHT
9,100 lbs.
8.8 lbs.
10,100 lbs.
10.2 lbs.
64
SIZE (IN.)
REGULAR SIZE SNAKES

U.T.S
WORK LOAD
1/4 1/2
4,486
1,200
1/2 1
7,500
2,500
1 1-1/2
10,000
3,500
1-1/2 2
12,000
4,000
2 2-3/4
16,000
5,000
2-3/4 3-1/2
20,000
6,500
3-1/2 4-1/4
24,000
8,000
SIZE (IN.)
SPECIAL SIZE SNAKES

U.T.S
WORK LOAD
1/4 1-1/2
4,486/7,500
1,200/2,500
1/2 1-1/2
7,500/10,000
2,500/3,500
1/2 2
7,500/12,000
2,500/4,000
12
10,000/12,000
3,500/4,000
1-1/2 2-1/2
12,000/16,000
4,000/5,000
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
SIZE (IN.)
6-3/4 8
WEAVE
Double
MESH
LENGTH (IN.) EYE
58
LEWIS SNAKE GRIP

The Lewis Snake Grip expands or
contracts to grip different or
identical cable and/or rope sizes
as per the customers needs.
SAVE time stringing up, changing
and unstringing because the
snake requires no special tools.
The swivel and swing link go
smoothly through blocks and
prevent line twisting.
INSTALL new cable by using old
existing cable as pulling line.
Always seize the ends of the
grips by banding or taping.
28
6 in. Braided
Wire Rope Grips
STANDARD PULLING GRIPS

MODEL A
Single Weave or Double Weave
3/4" to 1-1/4"
SIZE (IN.)
3/4 1-1/4
WORK
LOAD
WEIGHT
WEAVE
MESH
LENGTH (IN.) EYE (IN.)
1,000 lbs.
5-1/2 oz.
Single
18
2,000 lbs.
8-1/2 oz.
Double
24
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Model A Pulling Grip is

manufactured in both single and
double weave design of HiFatigue plastic coated Aircraft
Strand steel cable, and is
recommended wherever high
strength and small size are
required. Patented pulling eye is
flexible stress relieving.
MODEL B
Triple Weave 1-1/4" to 2"
Model B Pulling Grip is

manufactured in both single and
double weave design of HiFatigue plastic coated Aircraft
Strand steel cable, and is
recommended wherever high
strength and small size are
required. Patented pulling eye is
flexible stress relieving.
SIZE (IN.)
1-1/4 2
WORK
LOAD
WEIGHT
2,500 lbs.
13 oz.
3,500 lbs.
1 lb. 1 oz.
WEAVE
Triple
MESH
LENGTH (IN.) EYE (IN.)
26
3-1/4
32
29
Wire Rope Slings
SLING LEG OPTIONS

Standard End Fitting Combinations
To order sling legs, choose the correct size from the tables on the following pages. Determine the length needed and
specify the end fittings required from the list of combinations shown below. Two, three, and four leg spreaders will be
fabricated with oblong Master links, unless otherwise specified.
S TA N D A R D E Y E & S TA N D A R D E Y E
S TA N D A R D E Y E & T H I M B L E
with Shackle Sealed in Thimble
S TA N D A R D E Y E & T H I M B L E
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
THIMBLE & SLIP-THRU THIMBLE
S TA N D A R D E Y E & H O O K
S TA N D A R D E Y E & O P E N S WA G E
SOCKET
CRESCENT THIMBLE & STANDARD EYE

S TA N D A R D E Y E & C L O S E D
S WA G E S O C K E T
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & STANDARD EYE
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & HOOK

THIMBLE & THIMBLE
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & SLIPTHRU THIMBLE

THIMBLE & HOOK
30
EYE & THIMBLE
EYE & EYE
with Sliding Choker Hook
with Sliding Choker Hook
Wire Rope Slings
1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE (CHOKER)

SINGLE LEG SLINGS
BASKET AT DEGREES
CHOKER
VERTICAL
BASKET
60
DEGREE
45
DEGREE
30
DEGREE
1/4
.65
.48
1.3
1.1
.91
.65
5/16
.74
1.7
1.4
3/8
1.4
1.1
2.9
2.5
2.0
1.4
7/16
1.9
1.4
3.9
3.4
2.7
1.9
1/2
2.5
1.9
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.5
9/16
3.2
2.4
6.4
5.5
4.5
3.2
5/8
3.9
2.9
7.8
6.8
5.5
3.9
3/4
5.6
4.1
11
9.7
7.9
5.6
7/8
7.6
5.6
15
13
11
7.6
9.8
7.2
20
17
14
9.8
1-1/8
12
9.1
24
21
17
12
1-1/4
15
11
30
26
21
15
1-3/8
18
13
36
31
25
18
1-1/2
21
16
42
37
30
21
1-5/8
24
18
49
42
35
24
1-3/4
28
21
57
49
40
28
1-7/8
32
24
64
56
46
32
37
28
73
63
52
37
2-1/8
40
31
80
69
56
40
2-1/4
44
35
89
77
63
44
2-3/8
49
38
99
85
70
49
2-1/2
54
42
109
94
77
54
2-5/8
60
46
119
103
84
60
2-3/4
65
51
130
113
92
65
2-7/8
71
55
141
122
100
71
77
60
153
132
108
77
3-1/8
82
64
165
143
117
82
3-1/4
89
69
177
153
125
89
3-3/8
95
74
190
165
135
95
3-1/2
102
79
203
102
144
176
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Extra improved plow steel IWRC

Rated capacity in tons
(EIPS)
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES) VERTICAL
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25.

Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal
sling diameter.
Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.
Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.
31
Wire Rope Slings
1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE

2-LEG SPREADERS
GTH
LEN
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

(EIPS)
2-LEG SPREADERS
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
1.1
.91
.65
5/16
1.7
1.4
3/8
2.5
1.4
7/16
3.4
2.7
1.9
1/2
4.4
3.6
2.5
9/16
5.5
4.5
3.2
5/8
6.8
5.5
3.9
3/4
9.7
7.9
5.6
7/8
13
11
7.6
17
14
9.8
1-1/8
21
17
12
1-1/4
26
21
15
1-3/8
31
25
18
1-1/2
37
30
21
1-5/8
42
35
24
1-3/4
49
40
28
1-7/8
56
46
32
63
52
37
2-1/8
69
56
40
2-1/4
77
63
44
2-3/8
85
70
49
2-1/2
94
77
54
2-5/8
103
84
60
2-3/4
113
92
65
2-7/8
122
100
71
133
108
77
3-1/8
143
117
82
3-1/4
153
125
89
3-3/8
165
135
95
3-1/2
176
144
102

sling diameter.
32
Wire Rope Slings

3-LEG SPREADERS
H
GT
LEN
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
1.7
1.4
.97
5/16
2.6
2.1
1.5
3/8
3.7
3.0
2.2
7/16
5.0
4.1
2.9
1/2
6.6
5.4
3.8
9/16
8.3
6.8
4.8
5/8
10
8.3
5.9
3/4
15
12
8.4
7/8
20
16
11
26
21
15
1-1/8
31
26
18
1-1/4
38
31
22
1-3/8
46
38
27
1-1/2
55
45
32
1-5/8
63
52
37
1-3/4
74
60
42
1-7/8
84
68
48
95
78
55
2-1/8
103
84
60
2-1/4
116
94
67
2-3/8
128
105
74
2-1/2
141
115
82
2-5/8
155
126
89
2-3/4
169
138
97
2-7/8
183
150
106
199
162
15
3-1/8
214
175
124
3-1/4
230
188
133
3-3/8
247
202
143
3-1/2
264
215
152
3-LEG SPREADERS
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

(EIPS)
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)

sling diameter.
33
Wire Rope Slings

4-LEG SPREADERS
GTH
LEN
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

(EIPS)
4-LEG SPREADERS
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
2.2
1.8
1.3
5/16
3.5
2.8
2.0
3/8
5.0
4.1
2.9
7/16
6.7
5.5
3.9
1/2
8.8
7.1
5.1
9/16
11
9.0
6.4
5/8
14
11
7.8
3/4
19
16
11
7/8
26
21
15
34
28
20
1-1/8
42
34
24
1-1/4
51
42
30
1-3/8
62
50
36
1-1/2
73
60
42
1-5/8
85
69
49
1-3/4
98
80
57
1-7/8
112
91
64
127
104
73
2-1/8
138
113
80
2-1/4
154
126
89
2-3/8
171
139
99
2-1/2
188
154
109

sling diameter.
34
Wire Rope Slings
STAINLESS STEEL/MECHANICAL SPLICE

SINGLE LEG SLINGS
VERTICAL
CHOKER
VERTICAL BASKET
1/4
.61
.45
1.2
5/16
.86
.63
1.7
3/8
1.1
.84
2.3
7/16
1.5
1.1
3.1
1/2
2.2
1.6
4.3
9/16
2.7
2.0
5.4
5/8
3.3
2.5
6.7
3/4
4.7
3.5
9.4
7/8
6.3
4.7
13
8.1
6.0
16
1-1/8
10
7.4
20
1-1/4
12
9.1
25
1-3/8
14
11
29
1-1/2
17
13
34
1-5/8
20
15
40
1-3/4
22
17
45
1-7/8
25
19
51
28
21
57
2-1/8
32
23
63
2-1/4
35
25
69
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Stainless steel Type 302 or 304 IWRC

ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25

sling diameter.
35
Wire Rope Slings
STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 302 AND 304/MECHANICAL SPLICE IWRC

TWO-LEG BRIDLE
Rated capacity in tons of 2,000 lbs.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Rated capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x36 classification wire rope.
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
1.1
0.86
0.61
5/16
1.5
1.2
0.86
3/8
2.0
1.6
1.1
7/16
2.7
2.2
1.5
1/2
3.8
3.1
2.2
9/16
4.7
3.8
2.7
5/8
5.8
4.7
3.3
3/4
8.2
6.7
4.7
7/8
11
8.9
6.3
14
11
1-1/8
17
14
10
1-1/4
21
17
12
1-3/8
24
20
14
1-1/2
29
24
17
1-5/8
33
27
19
1-3/4
38
31
22
1-7/8
43
35
25
48
39
28
2-1/8
52
42
30
2-1/4
57
46
33

sling diameter.
36
Wire Rope Slings

THREE-LEG BRIDLE

60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
1.6
1.3
0.91
5/16
2.2
1.8
1.3
3/8
3.0
2.4
1.7
7/16
4.0
3.3
2.3
1/2
5.6
4.6
3.2
9/16
7.1
5.8
4.1
5/8
8.6
7.1
5.0
3/4
12
10
7.1
7/8
16
13
9.5
21
17
12
1-1/8
26
21
15
1-1/4
31
25
18
1-3/8
36
30
21
1-1/2
43
35
25
1-5/8
50
41
29
1-3/4
57
46
33
1-7/8
64
52
37
72
58
41
2-1/8
78
63
45
2-1/4
85
69
49
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)

sling diameter.
37
Wire Rope Slings

FOUR-LEG BRIDLE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
2.1
1.7
1.2
5/16
3.0
2.4
1.7
3/8
3.9
3.2
2.3
7/16
5.4
4.4
3.1
1/2
7.5
6.1
4.3
9/16
9.4
7.7
5.4
5/8
12
9.4
6.7
3/4
16
13
9.4
7/8
22
18
13
28
23
16
1-1/8
34
28
20
1-1/4
41
34
24
1-3/8
49
40
28
1-1/2
58
47
33
1-5/8
67
54
38
1-3/4
76
62
44
1-7/8
85
70
49
95
78
55
2-1/8
104
85
60
2-1/4
113
93
66

sling diameter.
38
Wire Rope Slings
CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE
RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
SINGLE PART SLING

ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
VERTICAL
CHOKER
TWO LEG SPREAD OR BASKET

VERTICAL
BASKET
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION
1/4
.50
.34
1.0
0.87
0.71
0.50
3/8
1.1
.74
2.2
1.9
1.5
1.1
1/2
1.9
1.3
3.7
3.2
2.6
1.9
5/8
2.8
1.9
5.5
4.8
3.9
2.8
3/4
4.1
2.8
8.1
7.0
5.8
4.1
7/8
5.4
3.7
11
9.3
7.6
5.4
6.9
4.7
14
12
9.7
6.9
1-1/8
8.3
5.8
17
14
12
8.3
1-1/4
9.9
7.0
20
17
14
9.9
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 10 or greater.

sling diameter.
39
Cable Laid Slings
MECHANICAL SPLICE/GALVANIZED
THREE-LEG BRIDLE
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1/4
1.3
1.1
0.76
3/8
2.8
2.3
1.6
1/2
4.8
3.9
2.8
5/8
7.2
5.9
4.2
3/4
11
8.6
6.1
7/8
14
11
8.1
18
15
10
1-1/8
21
18
12
1-1/4
26
21
15

sling diameter.
40
Cable Laid Slings
MECHANICAL SPLICE/GALVANIZED
FOUR-LEG BRIDLE
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
60 DEGREE
45 DEGREE
30 DEGREE
1/4
1.7
1.4
1.0
3/8
3.8
3.1
2.2
1/2
6.4
5.2
3.7
5/8
9.6
7.8
5.5
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3/4
14
12
8.1
7/8
19
15
11
24
19
14
1-1/8
29
23
17
1-1/4
34
28
20

sling diameter.
41
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Delta Rigging and Tools Multi-Part slings are flexible, snug up tightly around the load in choker hitches, and quickly regain
shape after a lift. They also offer outstanding handling characteristics, particularly in the larger rated capacities. When
loaded, stress is equally distributed to all rope parts in the sling body due to the helical manner in which ropes are laid
together.
Braided slings are formed by continuously plaiting, or braiding, several ropes together to form the sling body and both eyes
in a single fabrication operation. Ends of individual ropes are usually hand-tucked or mechanically spliced into component
ropes of the body. Eyes are wrapped and given a rubberized coating since eyes are not braided.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Braided slings are often selected where loads must be rolled or maneuvered, since the design creates friction to grip loads
and resist rotation.
M U LT I - PA R T B O D Y
BRAIDED
CONSTRUCTION
High flexibility is achieved by
braiding, or plaiting, one or more
wire ropes to form a fabric for the
sling body. Component ropes run
continuously through body and
eyes, ends are hand-tucked into
sling body or secured with pressed
sleeves. 6-part sling is flat, 8-part
sling is round.
4, 5 and 7-part Multi-part slings

with either mechanical or hand eye
splices are available on special order.
42
HAND SPLICE
Each sling is hand fabricated by
laying together one or more ropes
in a helical manner, so component
ropes run continuously through the
eyes and sling body. Ends are
secured into component rope by
hand-tucked splices.
BRAIDED
MECHANICAL SPLICE
Three wire ropes are helically laid
by hand to form a 3-part fabric,
from which sling bodies of 3 or 9
parts may be made by helically
laying one or three parts of fabric
together. Mechanical splices form
the eyes that provide centerline pull
along the sling body. Same number
of rope parts in the sling eyes as in
the body. Each sling is proof loaded
before shipment.
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART BODY SINGLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLINGS

3 - PA R T
3 - PA R T
HAND SPLICE
MECHANICAL SPLICE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3 - PA R T S I M P L E L E G W I R E R O P E S L I N G
RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
SLING
DIA.
VERTICAL
CHOKER** 90
60
45
30
EYE
DIMENSIONS SLIP THRU HEAVY
THIMBLE
THIMBLE
ST
HT
A
B
BASKET HITCH
IPS IWRC
#1/8 1/4
.42
.37
.84
.73
.59
.42
W-2
5/16
IPS IWRC
3/16 3/8
.70
.61
1.4
1.2
1.0
.70
W-2
7/16
IPS IWRC
1/4
1/2
1.2
1.1
2.5
2.1
1.7
1.2
W-3
9/16
IPS IWRC
5/16 5/8
1.9
1.7
3.8
3.3
2.7
1.9
W-4
3/4
IPS IWRC
3/8
3/4
2.8
2.4
5.5
4.8
3.9
2.8
10
W-4
7/8
IPS IWRC
7/16 7/8
3.7
3.3
7.5
6.5
5.3
3.7
12
W-5
7/8
IPS IWRC
1/2
4.8
4.2
9.7
8.4
6.8
4.8
12
W-5
IPS IWRC
9/16 1-1/8
6.1
5.3
12
11
8.6
6.1
7.5
15
W-6
1-1/8
IPS IWRC
5/8
1-1/4
7.5
6.6
15
13
11
7.5
18
W-6
1-1/4
IPS IWRC
3/4
1-1/2
11
9.4
22
19
15
11
10
20
W-7
1-3/8
IPS IWRC
7/8
1-3/4
15
13
29
25
21
15
12
24
W-9
1-7/8
IPS IWRC
19
17
38
33
27
19
15
30
W-9
# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope.

* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component rope diameter.
** See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal sling diameter.
Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
All capacities in tons of 2,000 lbs. All eye and fitting dimensions in inches.
43
Wire Rope Slings
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG CHOKERS
3 - PA R T T W O - L E G W I R E R O P E C H O K E R S
2-LEG CHOKER HITCH
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
SLING SINGLE LEG

DIA.
CHOKER** 60
45
30
CHOKER
HOOK
NUMBER
SLIP THRU
THIMBLE
D
IPS IWRC
#1/8 1/4
0.5
.64
.52
.37
1/45/16
1/2
2-1/2
IPS IWRC
3/16 3/8
0.8
1.1
.87
.61
3/8
1/2
2-1/2
IPS IWRC
1/4
1/2
1.5
1.9
1.5
1.1
1/2
5/8
IPS IWRC
5/16 5/8
2.3
2.9
2.4
1.7
5/8
3/4
5-1/2
2-3/4
IPS IWRC
3/8
3/4
3.3
4.2
3.4
2.4
3/4
IPS IWRC
7/16 7/8
4.4
5.7
4.6
3.3
7/81
IPS IWRC
1/2
5.7
7.3
6.0
4.2
7/81
IPS IWRC
9/16 1-1/8
5.0
9.2
7.5
5.3
1-1/81-1/4 1
IPS IWRC
5/8
1-1/4
6.1
11
9.3
6.6
1-1/81-1/4 1
IPS IWRC
3/4
1-1/2
8.7
16
13
9.4
1-3/81-1/2 1-1/2
12

44
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG SPREADERS

HAND SPLICE
MECHANICAL SPLICE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3 - PA R T T W O - L E G W I R E R O P E B R I D L E S
ALLOY OBLONG LINK
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
SLING
DIA.

60
45
30
DIA.
LENGTH
WIDTH
HOOK
WLL**
TON
E
R
IPS IWRC
#1/8
1/4
.73
.59
.42
1/2
2-1/2
3/4
15/16
3-7/32
IPS IWRC
3/16
3/8
1.2
1.0
.70
1/2
2-1/2
1-1/32 3-21/32
IPS IWRC
1/4
1/2
2.1
1.7
1.2
3/4
5-1/2
2-3/4
1-7/32 4-11/16
IPS IWRC
5/16
5/8
3.3
2.7
1.9
1.0
1-1/2
5-3/4
IPS IWRC
3/8
3/4
4.8
3.9
2.8
1.0
1-7/8
7-3/8
IPS IWRC
7/16
7/8
6.5
5.3
3.7
1.0
7-1/2
2-1/4
9-1/16
IPS IWRC
1/2
8.4
6.8
4.8
1-1/4
8-3/4
4-3/8
7-1/2
2-1/4
9-1/16
IPS IWRC
9/16
1-1/8
11
8.6
6.1
7-1/2
2-1/4
9-1/16
IPS IWRC
5/8
1-1/4
13
11
7.5
1-1/4
8-3/4
4-3/8
7-1/2
2-1/4
9-1/16
IPS IWRC
3/4
1-1/2
19
15
11
1-1/2
12
10
2-1/2
10-1/16
IPS IWRC
7/8
1-3/4
25
21
15
1-3/4
12
15
3-3/8
12-1/2
IPS IWRC
33
27
19
14
20
14-1/16

LATCH KITS ARE AVAILABLE IF REQUIRED.
**WORKING LOAD LIMIT
45
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY SINGLE LEG SLINGS
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
F L AT B R A I D
6 - PA R T
IPS IWRC

BASKET HITCH
ROPE
WIDTH THICKNESS
DIAMETER OF
OF
CHOKER
(INCHES) BODY BODY
VERTICAL HITCH**
60
45
EYE
30
# 3/32
7/16
1/4
0.42
0.37
0.84
0.73
0.59
0.42
W-2
1/4
# 1/8
9/16
3/8
0.84
0.74
1.7
1.5
1.2
0.84
W-2
5/16
# 3/16
13/16
1/2
1.4
1.2
2.8
2.4
2.0
1.4
W-3
1/2
# 1/4
1-1/8
11/16
2.5
2.2
4.9
4.3
3.5
2.5
10
W-4
5/8
# 5/16
1-3/8
7/8
3.8
3.4
7.7
6.7
5.4
3.8
12
W-4
3/4
# 3/8
1-11/16 1
5.5
4.8
11.0
9.5
7.8
5.5
14
W-5
7/8
7/16
1-3/16
7.5
6.5
15.0
13.0
11.0
7.5
16
W-5
1/2
2-1/4
1-5/16
9.7
8.5
19.0
17.0
14.0
9.7
18
W-6
1-1/8
9/16
2-1/2
1-1/2
12.0
11.0
24.0
21.0
17.0
12.0
10
20
W-6
1-3/8
5/8
2-13/16 1-11/16
15.0
13.0
30.0
26.0
21.0
15.0
11
22
W-7
1-1/2
3/4
3-3/8
22.0
19.0
43.0
37.0
30.0
22.0
12
24
W-8
1-5/8
7/8
2-5/16
29.0
25.0
58.0
50.0
41.0
29.0
14
28
W-9
4-1/2
2-11/16
38.0
33.0
75.0
65.0
53.0
38.0
16
32
W-10

ALL CAPACITIES IN TONS OF 2,000 LBS. ALL EYE AND FITTING DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.
46
SLIP THRU HEAVY

THIMBLE THIMBLE
ST
HT
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG CHOKERS

6 - PA R T
# 3/32
0.37
0.64
0.52
0.37
1/2
2-1/2
# 1/8
0.74
1.3
1.04
0.74
1/2
2-1/2
# 3/16
1.2
2.1
1.7
1.2
1/2
2-1/2
# 1/4
2.2
3.7
3.1
2.2
3/4
5-1/2
2-3/4
# 5/16
3.4
5.8
4.8
3.4
# 3/8
4.8
8.4
6.8
4.8
7/16
6.5
11.0
9.2
6.5
1-1/4
8-3/4
4-3/8
1/2
8.5
15.0
12.0
8.5
1-1/4
8-3/4
4-3/8
9/16
11.0
18.0
15.0
11.0
1-1/2
12
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
IPS IWRC

ROPE
2 LEG CHOKER HITCH ALLOY OBLONG LINK
DIAMETER SINGLE LEG
HOOK
(INCHES)
CHOKER**
60
45
30 D
L
W
NO.
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG SPREADERS

6 - PA R T
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
GTH
LEN
IPS IWRC

ALLOY OBLONG LINK
60
45
30 D
HOOK
WWL
TONS** E
R
# 3/32
0.73
0.59
0.42
1/2
2-1/2
3/4
15/16
3-7/32
# 1/8
1.5
1.2
0.84
1/2
2-1/2
1-1/32
3-21/32
# 3/16
2.4
2.0
1.4
5/8
1-1/2
1-1/16
4-3/32
# 1/4
4.3
3.5
2.5
3/4
5-1/2
2-3/4
1-1/2
5-3/4
# 5/16
6.7
5.4
3.8
1-7/8
7-3/8
# 3/8
9.5
7.8
5.5
7-1/2
2-1/4
9-1/16
7/16
13.0
11.0
7.5
1-1/4
8-3/4
4-3/8
7-1/2
2-1/4
9-1/16
1/2
17.0
14.0
9.7
1-1/2
12
10
2-1/4
10-1/16
9/16
21.0
17.0
12.0
1-1/2
12
15
3-3/8
12-1/2
5/8
26.0
21.0
15.0
1-3/4
12
20
14-1/16
3/4
37.0
30.0
22.0
14
25
4-1/4
18-5/16
7/8
50.0
41.0
29.0
2-1/4
16
AH-37
4-1/4
18-3/16

* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component
rope diameter.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less
than the nominal sling diameter.
47
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY SINGLE LEG SLINGS
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ROUND BRAID
8 - PA R T
IPS IWRC

BASKET HITCH
ROPE
SLING
DIAMETER DIAMETER
CHOKER
(INCHES) (INCHES) VERTICAL HITCH**
60
45
30
EYE
A
B
# 3/32
7/16
.56
0.49
1.1
0.97
0.79
0.56
W-2
5/16
# 1/8
9/16
1.1
1.0
2.2
1.9
1.6
1.1
W-2
3/8
# 3/16
13/16
1.9
1.6
3.7
3.2
2.6
1.9
W-3
1/2
# 1/4
1-1/8
3.3
2.9
6.6
5.7
4.7
3.3
10
W-4
3/4
# 5/16
1-3/8
5.1
4.5
10.0
8.9
7.3
5.1
12
W-5
# 3/8
1-11/16
7.3
6.4
15.0
13.0
10.0
7.3
14
W-5
1-1/8
7/16
10.0
8.7
20.0
17.0
14.0
10.0
16
W-6
1-1/4
1/2
2-1/4
13.0
11.0
26.0
22.0
18.0
13.0
18
W-7
1-3/8
9/16
2-1/2
16.0
14.0
32.0
28.0
23.0
16.0
10
20
W-7
1-1/2
5/8
2-13/16
20.0
18.0
40.0
35.0
28.0
20.0
11
22
W-8
1-3/4
3/4
3-3/8
29.0
25.0
57.0
50.0
41.0
29.0
12
24
W-9
7/8
39.0
34.0
78.0
67.0
55.0
39.0
14
28
W-10
4-1/2
50.0
44.0
101.0
87.0
71.0
50.0
16
32
W-10

48
SLIP THRU HEAVY

THIMBLE THIMBLE
ST
HT
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG CHOKERS

D T- 8 P 2
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
8 - PA R T
IPS IWRC
ROPE
SINGLE
DIAMETER LEG
(INCHES) CHOKER**
ALLOY
OBLONG LINK

2 LEG CHOKER HITCH
60
45
30
HOOK
NO.
# 3/32
0.49
0.85
0.69
0.49
1/2
2-1/2
# 1/8
0.98
1.7
1.4
0.98
1/2
2-1/2
# 3/16
1.6
2.8
2.3
1.6
3/4
# 1/4
2.9
5.0
4.1
2.9
# 5/16
4.5
7.8
6.3
4.5
# 3/8
6.4
11.0
9.1
6.4
1-1/4
7/16
8.7
15.0
12.0
8.7
1-1/2
12
1/2
11.0
20.0
16.0
11.0
1-1/2
12

49
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG SPREADERS
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
GTH
LEN
8 - PA R T
IPS IWRC
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
ALLOY
OBLONG LINK
D
# 3/32
0.97
0.79
0.56
1/2
2-1/2
3/4
15/16
3-7/32
# 1/8
1.9
1.6
1.1
1/2
2-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/16
4-3/32
# 3/16
3.2
2.6
1.9
3/4
5-1/2
2-3/4
1-1/2
5-3/4
# 1/4
5.7
4.7
3.3
1-7/8
7-3/8
# 5/16
8.9
7.3
5.1
AH-7
1-7/8
7-3/8
# 3/8
13.0
10.0
7.3
1-1/4
8-3/4
4-3/8
10
2-1/2
10-1/16
7/16
17.0
14.0
10.0
1-1/2
12
4-3/8
15
3-3/8
12-1/2
1/2
22.0
18.0
13.0
1-3/4
12
15
3-3/8
12-1/2
9/16
28.0
23.0
16.0
14
20
14-1/16
5/8
35.0
28.0
20.0
14
25
4-1/4
18-5/16
3/4
50.0
41.0
29.0
2-1/4
16
AH-37
4-1/4
18-15/16
60
45
30

* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component
rope diameter.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less
than the nominal sling diameter.
50
HOOK
WWL
TONS**
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART BODY SINGLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLINGS

MECHANICAL SPLICE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
9 - PA R T
ROPE
DIAMETER
CHOKER
(INCHES) VERTICAL HITCH**

BASKET HITCH
60
SLIP THRU HEAVY

THIMBLE THIMBLE
ST
HT
EYE DIMENSIONS
45
30
# 1/4
3.7
3.2
7.4
6.4
5.2
3.7
W-2
1/4
# 3/8
8.3
7.2
17
14
12
8.3
W-2
3/8
1/2
14
13
29
25
20
14
W-3
1/2
5/8
23
20
45
39
32
23
10
W-4
5/8
3/4
32
28
65
56
46
32
12
W-4
3/4
7/8
44
38
87
76
62
44
6-1/2
13
W-5
7/8
57
50
113
98
80
57
14
W-5
1-1/4
87
77
175
151
124
87
16
W-6
1-1/4
1-1/2
125
109
249
216
176
125
18
W-7
1-1/2
1-3/4
168
147
335
290
237
168
10
20
W-8
1-3/4
217
190
433
375
306
217
12
24
W-9

51
Wire Rope Slings
GROMMETS/STRAND LAID/MECHANICAL SPLICE

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
LENGTH
6 x 19 or 6 X 37 classification IWRC
Rated capacities in tons
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES)
VERTICAL
CHOKER
VERTICAL
BASKET
1/4
5/16
1.1
.74
2.1
1.8
1.5
1.1
1.6
1.2
3.3
2.8
2.3
1.6
3/8
2.4
1.6
4.7
4.1
3.3
2.4
7/16
3.2
2.2
6.4
5.5
4.5
3.2
1/2
4.1
2.9
8.3
7.2
5.9
4.1
9/16
5.2
3.7
10
9.1
7.4
5.2
5/8
6.4
4.5
13
11
9.1
6.4
3/4
9.2
6.4
18
16
13
9.2
7/8
12
8.7
25
22
18
12
16
11
32
28
23
16
1-1/8
20
14
41
35
29
20
1-1/4
25
17
50
43
35
25
1-3/8
30
21
60
52
42
30
1-1/2
36
25
71
62
50
36
1-5/8
41
29
82
71
58
41
1-3/4
48
33
95
83
68
48
1-7/8
54
38
109
94
77
54
62
43
124
107
87
62
45
30
2-1/8
69
48
138
119
98
69
2-1/4
77
54
154
133
109
77
2-3/8
85
60
171
148
121
85
2-1/2
94
66
188
163
133
94
2-5/8
103
72
207
179
146
103
2-3/4
113
79
225
195
159
113
2-7/8
122
86
245
212
173
122
133
93
265
230
188
133
LENGTH
Note: Min. length is 96 times the rope diameter.
52
60
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 5 where "d" = diameter
of the finished grommet.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no smaller than 5 times the body
diameter.
Wire Rope Slings
CUSTOM SOCKET ASSEMBLIES

Wire Rope assemblies with fittings permanently attached at ends are custom fabricated for use as boom pendants,
guylines, raising lines, backstays, lifting spreaders, etc. These are offered in both poured, or spelter, sockets and
mechanically swaged sockets. A Design Factor of five is applied in establishing Rated Capacities shown.
E P O X Y C O M P O U N D S P E LT E R S O C K E T
OS-OS
Same Plane
Opposite Plane
CS-CS
Same Plane
Opposite Plane
OS-CS
Same Plane
Opposite Plane
LENGTH
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3
3-1/8
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-1/2
VERTICAL
2.7
3.4
4.1
5.9
8
10
13
16
19
23
26
31
35
40
44
49
55
60
66
72
78
85
92
98
106
113
VERTICAL
BASKET
4.9
6.2
7.6
11
15
19
24
30
36
42
49
57
64
73
82
91
101
112
122
134
145
157
169
182
196
209
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Epoxy compound is standard as the bonding medium

surrounding wires inside the socket. Steel forgings are used for
rope sizes 1/2" through 1-1/2", and cast steel fittings for larger
sizes. Larger than 4" available on special order. Assembly length
is measured from centerline of pin for open sockets and bearing
point for closed sockets.
53
Wire Rope Slings
CUSTOM SOCKET ASSEMBLIES

Indicate choice of end fittings on purchase orders by the suffixes OS or CS after the stock number, for open or closed
type fittings. Pins and cotters are supplied as standard on open fittings, but assemblies may be specified without pins.
Fittings will be assembled in the same plane unless specified otherwise on the order.
S WA G E D S O C K E T
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
In mechanically swaged fittings, high pressure presses and

precision dies cause metal of the socket to flow around wires
and strands to offer the ultimate in compactness and
strength with minimum weight. Material is weldless, dropforged steel. Normally, only regular lay rope is used. Swaged
assemblies are interchangeable with poured sockets up
through 2" rope diameters. Assembly length is measured
from centerline of pins for both open and closed sockets.
1/4
.69
5/16
1.05
3/8
1.5
7/16
2.04
1/2
2.66
9/16
3.36
OS-OS
5/8
4.12
Same Plane
3/4
5.88
7/8
7.96
10.34
CS-CS
1-1/8
13.0
Same Plane
1-1/4
15.98
Opposite Plane
1-3/8
19.2
1-1/2
22.8
1-3/4
30.6
39.6
2-1/4
49.4
2-1/2
60.4
Opposite Plane
OS-CS
Same Plane
Opposite Plane
LENGTH
54

6 X 19 & 6 X 37
ROPE
IWRC
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
XIP
Wire Rope Slings
TUFFY TRI-BRAID SLINGS

TUFF AND FLEXIBLE SLINGS, FOR YOUR TOUGHEST, MOST DEMANDING LOADS
Unmatched Flexibility
The unique 3x3 strand design of all Tuffy tri-braid slings consists of a patented
machine-braided wire fabric with interlaced construction, resulting in flexibility
and abrasion resistance far superior to standard rope strands. Made of industrialgrade steel and constructed with the highest quality standards, only Tuffy slings
possess the perfect balance of strength, flexibility and durability.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Longer Service Life

Because machine braiding produces proper balancing of all parts, the outcome is
a highly efficient sling with a much longer service life. Even if one of the braided
parts is cut or broken, there is no stranding. Durable and reliable, Tuffy tri-braid
slings perform to unprecedented standards, keeping working environments more
productive and effective.
Quicker and Easier Loading
Workers now have an easy-to-handle tool that significantly eases and speeds the
hitching and unhitching process. Tuffy's flexibility enables greater sling control,
and the unique construction yields a safer, more secure sling, significantly less
prone to dangerous recoils and breakage.
Complete Knot and Kink Resistance
Tuffy Tri-braid slings are virtually impervious to kinking and knotting due to the
machine-braided and interlaced construction. Nothing short of a vice can leave a
mark on a Tuffy sling, and even then the ridge simply straightens out with no
material damage. Where a standard sling's strength can be canceled out if
stiffness imposes abnormal fatigue which saps the sling's endurance, the
flexibility and balance built into every tri-braid sling renders this issue obsolete.
55
Wire Rope Slings
T- 1 T R I - B R A I D S L I N G S I N G L E P LY
Standard Eye/Eye Sling Single Leg

Application: General purpose sling for straight or basket hitches.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
EYE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WLL
VERTICAL
TONS
VERTICAL
BASKET
TONS
BASKET
60
TONS
BASKET
45
TONS
BASKET
30
TONS
1/4
3x6
0.45
0.9
0.78
0.64
0.45
3/8
3x6
0.95
1.9
1.6
1.3
0.95
1/2
4x8
1.7
3.4
2.9
2.4
1.7
5/8
5x10
2.6
5.2
4.5
3.7
2.6
3/4
6x12
3.7
7.4
6.4
5.2
3.7
7/8
6.5x13
10
8.7
7.1
7x14
6.3
13
11
8.9
6.3
1-1/4
8x16
18
16
13
1-1/2
9x18
12
24
21
17
12
1-3/4
10x20
15
30
26
21
15
12x24
20
40
35
28
20
Single Leg - With Sliding Choker Hook and Thimble Bottom

Application: Pipe, bundles, bars, castings, lumber - any type of load that can utilize a choker hook.
56
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
EYE
SIZE
(INCHES)
GALV.
SLIDING
VERTICAL
THIMBLE
CHOKER HOOK
CHOKER
(1 EA.) (INCHES) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS
1/4
3x6
1/4
1/4
0.34
3/8
3x6
3/8
3/8
0.71
1/2
4x8
1/2
1/2
1.3
5/8
5x10
5/8
5/8
2.0
3/4
6x12
3/4
3/4
2.8
7/8
6.5x13
7/8
7/8
3.8
7x14
4.7
1-1/4
8x16
1-1/4
1-1/4
6.8
1-1/2
9x18
1-1/2
1-1/2
9.0
Wire Rope Slings
T- 3 D T R I - B R A I D S L I N G D O U B L E P LY
Single Leg - Two Parts (2 ply) Spliced Together Side-by-Side

Application: When higher capacity are needed (2 ply) such as for locomotives, generators, pressure vessels, etc.
EYE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WLL
VERTICAL
TONS
WLL
CHOKER
TONS
WLL
BASKET
TONS
1/4
3x6
0.90
0.68
1.80
3/8
4x8
1.90
1.4
3.8
1/2
5x10
3.4
2.6
6.8
5/8
6x12
4.7
3.5
9.4
3/4
7x14
6.7
5.0
13.0
7/8
8x16
9.0
6.8
18.0
8x16
11.0
8.5
23.0
1-1/4
9x18
16.0
12.0
32.0
1-1/2
10x20
22.0
17.0
43.0
1-3/4
11x22
27.0
20.0
54.0
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
Single Leg - Top eye 2-parts Spliced Together with Double Ply Body with Sliding Choker Hook and Thimble Bottom
Application: When higher capacity are needed. More flexibility is provided for choking smaller diameter loads.
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
EYE
SIZE
(INCHES)
SLIDING
CHOKER HOOK
(1 EA.)
GALVANIZED
WLL
THIMBLE
CHOKER
(1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS
1/4
3x6
3/8"
1/4
0.68
3/8
4x8
#2
3/8
1.4
1/2
5x10
#4
1/2
2.6
5/8
6x12
#5
5/8
3.5
3/4
7x14
#5
3/4
5.0
7/8
8x16
#6
7/8
6.8
8x16
#7
8.5
1-1/4
9x18
#8
1-1/4
12.0
57
Wire Rope Slings
T- 5 T R I - B R A I D S L I N G D O U B L E P LY
Single Leg - 2 Side-by-Side Parts with Crescent Thimble in Bottom Loop

Application: Gives move stability than single part for handling such loads as tanks, coils, castings, barrels and boxes.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
EYE
SIZE
(INCHES)
CRESCENT
THIMBLE
(1 EA.)
WLL
CHOKER
TONS
1/4
3x6
6C
0.68
3/8
4x8
6C
1.4
1/2
5x10
8C
2.6
5/8
6x12
9C
3.9
3/4
7x14
10C
5.6
7/8
8x16
14C
7.5
8x16
16C
9.5
1-1/4
9x18
20C
14.0
2-Leg Bridle Sling with Equalizing Thimble Top and Hooks Bottom
Application: For oddly shaped loads - high one end, low other - legs adjust and equalize.
58
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
EYE
EQUALIZING
SIZE
THIMBLE
(INCHES) (1 EA.)
ALLOY
WLL
EYE HOOK VERTICAL
(2 EA.)
TONS
WLL
60
TONS
WLL
45
TONS
WLL
30
TONS
1/4
3x6
3E
1 Ton
0.9
0.78
0.64
0.45
3/8
3x6
3E
1.5 Ton
1.9
1.6
1.3
0.95
1/2
4x8
4E
3 Ton
3.4
2.9
2.4
1.7
5/8
5x10
6E
5 Ton
5.2
4.5
3.7
2.6
3/4
6x12
6E
5 Ton
7.4
6.4
5.2
3.7
7/8
6.5x13
8E
7 Ton
10.0
8.7
7.1
5.0
7x14
8E
11 Ton
13.0
11.0
8.9
6.3
1-1/4
8x16
10E
15 Ton
18.0
16.0
13.0
9.0
1-1/2
9x18
12E
15 Ton
24.0
21.0
17.0
12.0
1-3/4
10x20
14E
22 Ton
30.0
26.0
21.0
15.0
12x24
16E
30 Ton
40.0
35.0
28.0
20.0
Wire Rope Slings
2-Leg Bridle Sling - Double Ply with Link Top and Hooks with Thimbles Bottom
Application: When higher capacities are needed.
GALVANIZED
THIMBLE
(2 EA.) (IN.)
MASTERLINK(O)
OR PEARLINK(P)
(1 EA.) (INCHES)
ALLOY
WLL
WLL WLL WLL
EYE HOOK VERTICAL 60
45 30
(2 EA.)
TONS
TONS TONS TONS
1/4
3x6
1/4
5/8 P
1.5 Ton
1.8
1.60
1.30
0.90
3/8
4x8
3/8
7/8 P
3 Ton
3.8
3.3
2.7
1.90
1/2
5x10
1/2
1-1/4 P
5 Ton
6.8
5.9
4.8
3.4
5/8
6x12
5/8
1-1/4 O
7 Ton
9.4
8.1
6.6
4.7
3/4
7x14
3/4
1-1/2 O
11 Ton
13.0
12.0
9.4
6.7
7/8
8x16
7/8
1-3/4 O
15 Ton
18.0
16.0
13.0
9.0
8x16
1-3/4 O
15 Ton
23.0
20.0
16.0
11.0
1-1/4
9x18
1-1/4
2-1/8 O
30 Ton
32.0
28.0
23.0
16.0
1-1/2
10x20 1-1/2
2-1/2 O
37 Ton
43.0
37.0
31.0
22.0
1-3/4
11x22 1-3/4
2-3/4 O
45 Ton
54.0
47.0
38.0
27.0
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ROPE
EYE
DIAMETER SIZE
(INCHES) (IN.)
2-Leg Bridle Sling with Link Top and Sliding Choker Hooks with Thimbles Bottom
Application: Helps eliminate load rotation and is better suited for handling pipe, bars, timber, tanks, castings and other
loads which run in long lengths.
ROPE
EYE
DIAMETER SIZE
(INCHES) (IN.)
GALVANIZED
THIMBLE
(2 EA.)
(INCHES)
MASTERLINK(O)
OR PEARLINK(P)
(1 EA.)
(INCHES)
SLIDING
CHOKER WLL
WLL
HK (2EA.) VERTICAL 60
(INCHES) TONS
TONS
WLL WLL
45 30
TONS TONS
1/4
3x6
1/4
1/2 P
1/4
0.68
0.58
0.48
0.34
3/8
3x6
3/8
1/2 P
3/8
1.40
1.2
1.0
0.71
1/2
4x8
1/2
3/4 P
1/2
2.6
2.2
1.8
1.3
5/8
5x10
5/8
7/8 P
5/8
3.9
3.4
2.8
2.0
3/4
6x12
3/4
1-1/4 P
3/4
5.6
4.8
3.9
2.8
7/8
6.5x13 7/8
1-1/4 P
7/8
7.5
6.5
5.3
3.8
7x14
1-1/4 O
9.5
8.2
6.7
4.7
1-1/4
8x16
1-1/4
1-1/2 O
1-1/4
14.0
12.0
9.5
6.8
1-1/2
9x18
1-1/2
1-3/4 O
1-1/2
18.0
16.0
13.0
9.0
59
Wire Rope Slings
2-Leg Double Loop Bridle Sling Link Top and No Hooks

Application: Well suited for handling sheet steel, bar stock, lumber, structural shapes, flasks and castings.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
EYE
MASTERLINK(O)
SIZE
OR PEARLINK(P)
(INCHES) (1 EA.)(INCHES)
WLL
VERTICAL
TONS
WLL
60
TONS
WLL
45
TONS
WLL
30
TONS
1/4
3x6
5/8 P
1.8
1.6
1.3
0.9
3/8
3x6
7/8 P
3.8
3.3
2.7
1.9
1/2
4x8
1-1/4 P
6.8
5.9
4.8
3.4
5/8
5x10
1-3/8 O
10.0
9.0
7.4
5.2
3/4
6x12
1-1/2 O
15.0
13.0
10.0
7.4
7/8
6.5x13
1-3/4 O
20.0
17.0
14.0
10.0
7x14
1-7/8 O
25.0
22.0
18.0
13.0
1-1/4
8x16
2-1/4 O
36.0
31.0
25.0
18.0
1-1/2
9x18
2-1/2 O
48.0
42.0
34.0
24.0
1-3/4
10x20
2-3/4 O
60.0
52.0
42.0
30.0
12x24
3-1/4 O
80.0
69.0
57.0
40.0
T- 1 2 T R I - B R A I D S L I N G S I N G L E P LY
Standard 2-Leg Bridle Sling Link Top/Hooks Bottom

Application: Lifting machinery, castings, motors and aircraft assemblies.
60
ROPE
EYE
ALLOY
MASTERLINK(O) WLL
WLL
DIAMETER SIZE
EYE HOOK OR PEARLINK(P) VERTICAL 60
(INCHES) (INCHES) (2 EA.)(IN.) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS
TONS
WLL
45
TONS
WLL
30
TONS
1/4
3x6
1 Ton
1/2 P
0.90
0.78
0.64
0.45
3/8
3x6
1.5 Ton
5/8 P
1.90
1.6
1.3
0.95
1/2
4x8
3 Ton
7/8 P
3.4
2.9
2.4
1.7
5/8
5x10
5 Ton
1P
5.2
4.5
3.7
2.6
3/4
6x12
5 Ton
1-1/4 P
7.4
6.4
5.2
3.7
7/8
6.5x13
7 Ton
1-1/4 O
10.0
8.7
7.1
5.0
7x14
11 Ton
1-1/2 O
13.0
11.0
8.9
6.3
1-1/4
8x16
15 Ton
1-3/4 O
18.0
16.0
13.0
9.0
1-1/2
9x18
15 Ton
1-7/8 O
24.0
21.0
17.0
12.0
1-3/4
10x20
22 Ton
2O
30.0
26.0
21.0
15.0
12x24
30 Ton
2-1/2 O
40.0
35.0
28.0
20.0
Wire Rope Slings

Application: Lifting dies, castings and assemblies which must be placed carefully, sometimes in difficult locations.
WLL
WLL
VERTICAL 60
TONS
TONS
WLL
45
TONS
WLL
30
TONS
1/4
3x6
1 Ton
5/8 P
1.40
1.20
0.95
0.68
3/8
3x6
1.5 Ton
3/4 P
2.90
2.5
2.0
1.40
1/2
4x8
3 Ton
1P
5.1
4.4
3.6
2.6
5/8
5x10
5 Ton
1-1/4 P
7.8
6.8
5.5
3.9
3/4
6x12
5 Ton
1-1/4 O
11.0
9.6
7.8
5.6
7/8
6.5x13
7 Ton
1-1/2 O
15.0
13.0
11.0
7.5
7x14
11 Ton
1-3/4 O
19.0
16.0
13.0
9.5
1-1/4
8x16
15 Ton
1-7/8 O
27.0
23.0
19.0
14.0
1-1/2
9x18
15 Ton
2-1/4 O
36.0
31.0
25.0
18.0
1-3/4
10x20
22 Ton
2-1/2 O
45.0
39.0
32.0
23.0
12x24
30 Ton
2-3/4 O
60.0
52.0
42.0
30.0
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ROPE
EYE
ALLOY
MASTERLINK(O)
DIAMETER SIZE
EYE HOOK OR PEARLINK(P)
(INCHES) (INCHES) (3 EA.)
(1 EA.) (INCHES)

Application: Use when extra stamina is needed for heavy, bulky loads such as ship sections, planer beds, founders molds,
pressure vessels, etc.
ROPE
EYE
ALLOY
MASTERLINK(O)
DIAMETER SIZE
EYE HOOK OR PEARLINK(P)
(INCHES)
(INCHES) (4 EA.)
(1 EA.) (INCHES)
WLL
WLL
VERTICAL 60
TONS
TONS
WLL
45
TONS
WLL
30
TONS
1/4
3x6
1 Ton
5/8 P
1.80
1.60
1.30
0.90
3/8
3x6
1.5 Ton
7/8 P
3.80
3.3
2.7
1.90
1/2
4x8
3 Ton
1-1/4 P
6.8
5.9
4.8
3.4
5/8
5x10
5 Ton
1-3/8 O
10.0
9.0
7.4
5.2
3/4
6x12
5 Ton
1-1/2 O
15.0
13.0
10.0
7.4
7/8
6.5x13
7 Ton
1-3/4 O
20.0
17.0
14.0
10.0
7x14
11 Ton
1-7/8 O
25.0
22.0
18.0
13.0
1-1/4
8x16
15 Ton
2-1/4 O
36.0
31.0
25.0
18.0
1-1/2
9x18
15 Ton
2-1/2 O
48.0
42.0
34.0
24.0
1-3/4
10x20
22 Ton
2-3/4 O
60.0
52.0
42.0
30.0
12x24
30 Ton
3-1/4 O
80.0
69.0
57.0
40.0
61
Chain Sling Use

R E C O M M E N D AT I O N S F O R C H A I N
SLING USE
The proper selection, application, care and inspection of
chain slings used in moving material by hoisting can
produce efficient and economical handling operations with
minimum hazard to persons and property.
It is strongly recommended that chain slings showing faults

by the above inspection method be immediately removed
from service and returned to manufacturer for repair.
Delta Rigging and Tools offers chain sling inspection
service performed by our own qualified inspectors.
HOW TO ORDER
R E C O M M E N D AT I O N S
CHAIN SLINGS
1. Know your sling manufacturer. Delta Wire Rope, Inc. will

ensure that chain slings supplied to you are in compliance
with OSHA regulations covering industrial slings.
2. Know your load determine the weight, center of gravity,
angle of lift and select the proper size and type of sling.
3. Never overload the sling check the working load limit
on the identification tag.
4. Visually examine chain before each use for gouged,
bent or damaged links or components.
5. Do not point load hooks load should bear on bowl of hook.
6. Make sure chain is not twisted, knotted or kinked
before lifting load.
7. Protect chain by padding when lifting sharp-edged loads.
8. Do lift and lower loads smoothly. Do not jerk.
9. Protect chain against corrosion during storage.
10. Store chain properly on A-frame.
INSPECTION
1. Schedule periodic link-by-link inspection of chain
slings, based on frequency of sling use, severity of
service conditions, nature of lifts being made and
experience gained on service life of slings used in
similar circumstances.
2. Clean chain prior to inspection, to make damage or
defects more easily seen.
3. Hang chain vertically, if practical, for preliminary
inspection. Measure reach accurately (bearing point of
master link to bearing point of hook). Check this length
against reach shown on tag.
4. Inspect link by link, where the following should be
looked for:
a. Bent, gouged, nicked, worn or elongated links.
b. Cracks, scoring or marking tending to weaken links.
Transverse markings are the most dangerous.
c. Severe corrosion.
d. Excessive wear Slings with links having wear
should be removed from service.
5. Check master links and hooks for all of the above
faults hooks especially for excessive throat opening.
62
The following information should be given on orders

or inquiries for certified chain slings.
1. SIZE: This is specified by the size of the material from
which the chain is made, determined by working load
limit required.
2. REACH: This is the length, including attachments,
measured from bearing point to bearing point.
3. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from list
shown below.
EXAMPLES: S Single O Oblong Link S Sling Hook
4. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified, standard
master links and hooks as given herein will be used.
When other than standard master links or hooks are
required, we should be given a complete description or a
drawing of the requested substitute.
TYPES OF REGISTERED CHAIN SLINGS
Type
SOS
SOG
SGS
SGG
SSS
SOF
SOO
DOS
DOG
DOF
TOS
TOG
TOF
QOS
QOG
QOF
Attachments
One End
Opposite End
Single Chain Slings
Oblong Link
Sling Hook
Oblong Link
Grab Hook
Grab Hook
Sling Hook
Grab Hook
Grab Hook
Sling Hook
Sling Hook
Oblong Link
Foundry Hook
Oblong Link
Oblong Link
Double Chain Slings
Oblong Link
Sling Hooks
Oblong Link
Grab Hooks
Oblong Link
Foundry Hooks
Triple Chain Slings
Oblong Link
Sling Hooks
Oblong Link
Grab Hooks
Oblong Link
Foundry Hooks
Quadruple Chain Slings
Oblong Link
Sling Hooks
Oblong Link
Grab Hooks
Oblong Link
Foundry Hooks
Chain Slings
GRADE 80/100 CHAIN SLINGS/SPECIFICATIONS

SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 100 SINGLE
CHAIN SLINGS
CHAIN SLINGS
CHAIN
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD LIMITS
(LBS)*
CHAIN
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD LIMITS
(LBS)*
7/32
2,500
7/32 (6mm)
3,200
1/4 (9/32)
3,500
1/4 (9/32)
4,300
5/16
4,500
5/16
5,700
3/8
7,100
3/8
8,800
1/2
12,000
1/2
15,000
5/8
18,100
5/8
22,600
3/4
28,300
3/4
35,300
7/8
34,200
7/8
42,700
47,700
59,700
1-1/4
72,300
1-1/4
90,400
CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 80 SINGLE
* CAUTION: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1. This Working Load should NOT be exceeded.
For choker hitch with minimum of 120 degrees angle of choke, WLL must be reduced by 20%, except when using the Crosby A-1338 Cradle Grab Hook.
63
Chain Slings

DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS
CHAIN SLINGS
TYPE DOS
CLEVLOK
SLING HOOK
TYPE DOG
CLEVLOK
GRAB HOOK
TYPE DOF
FOUNDRY
HOOK
TYPE DOS
SLING HOOK
GRADE 80 DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)*
TYPE DOG
GRAB HOOK
GRADE 100 DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS

CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
60
45
30
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
60
45
30
7/32
3,600
3,000
2,500
7/32 (6mm)
5,500
4,500
3,200
9/32
6,100
4,900
3,500
9/32
7,400
6,100
4,300
5/16
7,800
6,400
4,500
5/16
9,900
8,100
5,700
3/8
12,300
10,000
7,100
3/8
15,200
12,400
8,800
1/2
20,800
17,000
12,000
1/2
26,000
21,200
15,000
5/8
31,300
25,600
18,100
5/8
39,100
32,000
22,600
3/4
49,000
40,000
28,300
3/4
61,100
49,900
35,300
7/8
59,200
48,400
34,200
7/8
74,000
60,400
42,700
82,600
67,400
47,700
103,400
84,400
59,700
1-1/4
125,200
102,200
72,300
1-1/4
156,600
127,800
90,400
64
Chain Slings

TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLINGS
TYPE SOG
GRAB HOOK
TYPE SOG
TYPE SOS
CLEVLOK
CLEVLOK
GRAB HOOK SLING HOOK

45
30
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
60
7/32
6,500
5,300
9/32
9,100
5/16
3/8
TYPE SOS
SLING HOOK
TYPE SOL
LATCHLOK
HOOK
CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 80 TRIPLE/QUAD CHAIN

SLINGS
TYPE SOF
FOUNDRY
HOOK
GRADE 100 TRIPLE/QUAD CHAIN

SLINGS
45
30
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
60
3,750
7/32 (6mm)
8,300
6,800
4.800
7,400
5,200
9/32
11,200
9,100
6,400
11,700
9,500
6,800
5/16
14,800
12,100
8,500
18,400
15,100
10,600
3/8
22,900
18,700
13,200
1/2
31,200
25,500
18,000
1/2
39,000
31,800
22,500
5/8
47,000
38,400
27,100
5/8
58,700
47,900
33,900
3/4
73,500
60,000
42,400
3/4
91,700
74,900
52,950
7/8
88,900
72,500
51,300
7/8
110,900
90,600
64,000
123,900
101,200
71,500
155,100
126,000
89,550
1-1/4
187,800
153,400
108,400
1-1/4
234,900
191,700
135,600
65
Grab Hooks
GRADE 100 CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS

A - 1 3 3 8 F E AT U R E S
CHAIN SLINGS
Forged Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered.

Innovative cradle design allows for 100% efficiency of Grade 100 chain.
Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit with
certification.
The use of A-1338 Cradle Grab Hook will allow 100 percent of the chain
sling capacity. When used to hook back to chain leg to form a choker, the
angle of the choke must be 120 degrees or greater. When used as a chain
shortener, minimize twist of chain and ensure chain is fully engaged in
hook.
Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability,
along with the size and the name Crosby & U.S.A. in raised letters.
Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain in overhead lifting
applications as long as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling
assembly or as an individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.
Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles.
"Look for the Platinum Color - Crosby Grade 100 Alloy Products."
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS.)*
WEIGHT
EACH
DIMENSIONS (INCH)
(LBS.)
A
B
C
1/4
4,300
1.10
1.72
2.54
2.20
3.88
1.50
.88
5/16
5,700
1.10
1.72
2.54
2.18
3.88
1.50
.88
3/8
8,800
1.80
1.85
3.09
2.58
4.69
1.83
1.09
1/2
15,000
3.70
2.39
3.83
3.28
5.88
2.25
1.42
5/8
22,600
6.70
2.67
4.52
3.85
7.03
2.94
1.75
* CAUTION: Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
66
Grab Hooks
GRADE 100 CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS

A - 1 3 5 8 F E AT U R E S
certification.
Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain in overhead lifting
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS.)*
WEIGHT
EACH
DIMENSIONS (INCH)
(LBS.)
A
B
C
1/4
4,300
1.00
1.72
2.54
2.20
3.88
.88
5/16
5,700
1.00
1.72
2.54
2.18
3.88
.88
3/8
8,800
1.70
1.85
3.09
2.58
4.69
1.09
1/2
15,000
3.40
2.39
3.83
3.28
5.88
1.42
5/8
22,600
6.10
2.67
4.52
3.85
7.03
1.75
CHAIN SLINGS
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
A - 1 3 5 9 F E AT U R E S
certification.
Suitable for use with Grade 100 chain in overhead lifting
WORKING
WEIGHT
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS.)*
EACH
(LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (INCH)
A
C
D
F
1/4
4,300
2.0
6.26
4.39
4.81
2.50
1.13
.88
1.56
5/16
5,700
2.1
6.26
4.37
4.81
2.50
1.13
.88
1.56
3/8
8,800
4.3
7.76
5.54
5.81
3.00
1.38
1.30
1.88
1/2
15,000
7.5
9.38
6.67
6.88
3.50
1.63
1.50
2.25
5/8
22,600
13.4
11.25 7.68
8.17
4.00
2.19
1.75
2.53
67
Sling Hooks
GRADE 100 CLEVIS HOOKS

A - 1 3 3 9 F E AT U R E S
CHAIN SLINGS

certification.
Hoist hooks incorporate two types of strategically placed markings forged
into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features : Deformation
Indicators and Angle Indicators.
New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the world standard for lifting.
Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.
High cycle, long life spring.
When secured with the proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip of
hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel lifting.
Suitable for use with Grade 100 chain in overhead lifting applications as long
as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling assembly or as an
individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.
HOOK
WEIGHT
CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT

(INCHES)
(LBS.)*
WORKING
ID
CODE
EACH
(LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (INCH)
D
G
J
AA
1/4
4,300
HA
1.60
3.86
1.03
1.19
5.67
.75
3.97
2.00
5/16
5,700
HA
1.60
3.86
1.03
1.19
5.67
.75
3.97
2.00
3/8
8,800
IA
2.50
4.38
1.19
1.53
6.75
.94
4.71
2.50
1/2
15,000
JA
5.50
5.60
1.44
1.78
8.38
1.17
5.89
3.00
5/8
22,600
KA
9.60
6.76
1.88
2.41
10.21
1.44
6.97
4.00
68
Chain
CHAIN
Alloy steel chain is the strongest chain produced, and is
the only grade recommended for overhead lifting.
GRADE 100 ALLOY STEEL CHAIN
Alloy steel
Heat treated
25% stronger than Grade 80 Alloy Chain
Permanently embossed with CG (Crosby Group) and 10 (Grade)
Finish Self-Colored
FEET
PER
DRUM
MATERIAL
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT PER
LOAD LIMIT INSIDE
INSIDE
LENGTH 100 100 FT.
(LBS.)*
LENGTH (IN.) WIDTH (IN.) LINKS (IN.) (LBS.)
9/32 or 1/4 (7mm) 500
.276
4,300
.90
.34
90
75
5/16 (8mm)
500
.343
5,700
1.00
.48
100
113
3/8 (10mm)
500
.394
8,800
1.25
.49
125
148
1/2 (13mm)
300
.512
15,000
1.64
.64
164
249
5/8 (16mm)
200
.630
22,600
2.02
.79
202
378
CHAIN SIZE
IN. (MM)
CHAIN SLINGS
SPECTRUM 10 ALLOY CHAIN

Recommended for overhead lifting applications.
* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
GRADE 80 ALLOY STEEL CHAIN
Alloy steel
Heat treated
Finish Self-Colored

Recommended for overhead lifting applications.
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
FEET
PER
DRUM
MATERIAL
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT PER
LOAD LIMIT INSIDE
INSIDE
LENGTH 100 100 FT.
(LBS.)*
LENGTH (IN.) WIDTH (IN.) LINKS (IN.) (LBS.)
9/32 (1/4)
500
.276
3,500
.90
.34
90
72
5/16
500
.343
4,500
1.00
.48
100
114
3/8
500
.394
7,100
1.25
.49
125
148
1/2
300
.512
12,000
1.64
.64
164
243
5/8
200
.630
18,100
2.02
.79
202
351
3/4
100
.787
28,300
2.52
.98
252
584
7/8
100
.866
34,200
2.77
1.08
277
705
* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
69
Chain
CHAIN
GRADE 70 TRANSPORT CHAIN
High Tensile Carbon Steel
Minimum Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit

Finish Self-Colored
Standard container fiber drum.
SPECTRUM 7 HIGH TENSILE TRANSPORT

CHAIN
CHAIN SLINGS
Not recommended for overhead lifting applications.

CHAIN SIZE
IN.
WORKING
FEET
LOAD LIMIT PER
(LBS.)*
DRUM
WEIGHT PER
100 FEET
(LBS.)
1/4
3,150
800
81
5/16
4,700
550
98
3/8
6,600
400
141
7/16
8,750
300
216
1/2
11,300
200
246
* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit.
GRADE 40 HI-TEST STEEL CHAIN

Hi-Test is manufactured from high-carbon steel formed and electrically butt-welded to the shapes and sizes shown. HiTest Chain is used in industry, mines, quarries, oil fields, lumber camps and by original equipment manufacturers.
Not recommended for overhead lifting.
WORKING
INSIDE
TRADE SIZE LOAD LIMITS LENGTH
(INCHES)
(LBS)*
(INCHES)
INSIDE
WIDTH
(INCHES)
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT PER
LENGTH 100 100 FT.
LINKS (IN.) (LBS)
3/16
1/4
2,600
.77
.40
80
77
5/16
3,900
.98
.46
102
113
3/8
5,400
1.14
54
119
154
7/16
7,200
1.29
.62
134
212
1/2
9,200
1.43
.72
149
270
5/8
11,500
1.69
.87
176
432
3/4
16,200
1.93
1.02
201
624
7/8
22,500
2.25
1.14
235
786
26,500
2.66
1.34
277
1,038
Additional sizes, specifications and catalogs are available upon request.

* Caution: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1.
70
Chain
CHAIN
GRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN
Proof Coil, often referred to as common chain, is made from basic open-hearth low carbon steel. It is a general utility chain
for such uses as log chain, tow chain, switch chain, tail-gate chain, anchor chain, or for pulling stumps, etc.
Proof Coil is not recommended for overhead lifting.
INSIDE
WIDTH
(INCHES)
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT PER
LENGTH 100 100 FT.
LINKS (IN.) (LBS)
3/16
750
.95
.40
99
40
1/4
1,250
1.00
.50
104
71
5/16
1,900
1.10
.50
114
109
3/8
2,650
1.23
.62
128
159
7/16
3,600
1.37
.75
142
213
1/2
4,500
1.50
.81
156
277
5/8
6,900
1.87
1.00
194
410
3/4
9,750
2.12
1.12
220
558
7/8
11,375
2.50
1.37
260
769
13,950
2.75
1.50
286
1,028
CHAIN SLINGS
WORKING
INSIDE
TRADE SIZE LOAD LIMITS LENGTH
(INCHES)
(LBS)*
(INCHES)
Additional sizes, specifications and catalogs are available upon request.

* Caution: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1.
71
Web Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR WEB SLINGS

M E C H A N I C A L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S
WEB SLINGS
1. Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load

shall be within the rated capacity of the web sling.
2. Select a web sling having suitable characteristics for
the type of load, hitch and environment.
3. Web slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated
capacity. Consideration shall be given to the sling to load
angle which affects rated capacity.
4. Web slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch
shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking
action is on the webbing, and never on the fitting.
5. Web slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load
balanced to prevent slippage.
6. Web slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp
corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces.
7. Web slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over
abrasive surfaces.
8. Web slings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened,
tied in knots, or joined by knotting.
9. Web slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the
load is resting on the web sling.
10. Do not drop web slings equipped with metal fittings.
11. Web slings that appear to be damaged shall not be
used unless inspected and accepted as usable.
12. The web sling shall be hitched in a manner providing
control of the load.
13. Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall
be kept from between the sling and the load, and from
between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.
14. Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads.
15. Personnel shall not ride the web sling or the load being
lifted.
16. Shock loading shall be avoided.
17. Twisting and kinking the legs (branches) shall be avoided.
18. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base
(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook.
19. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall
be alert for possible snagging.
20. The web slings legs (branches) shall contain or support
the load from the sides above the center of gravity when
using a basket hitch.
21. Web slings shall be long enough so that the rated load
(rated capacity) is adequate when the sling to load angle
is taken into consideration.
22. Only web slings with legible identification tags shall be
used.
23. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load,
hook and point of choke.
72
24. Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between

the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.
25. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load
to allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.
E N V I R O N M E N TA L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S
1. Web slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place
to prevent loss of strength when not in use through
exposure to ultra-violet rays. Web slings shall not be
stored in chemically active areas.
2. Chemically active environments can affect the strength
of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from
little to total degradation. The web sling manufacturer or
qualified person should be consulted before slings are
used in chemically active environments.
Acids
Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from
little to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to many
acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little to
moderate in some acids. Each application shall be
evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
a. Type of Acid
b. Exposure Conditions
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
Alkalis
Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging
from little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to many
alkalis, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little
to moderate in some alakalis. Each application shall be
a. Type of Alkalis
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
3. Nylon and polyester web slings shall not be used at
temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C)
or temperatures below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40
degrees C).
4. Web slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be
used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of
alkalis and/or acids are present.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed
rated capacities.
Web Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR WEB SLINGS

Environments in which synthetic web slings are
continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the
strength of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging
from slight to total degradation.
CAUTION: Degradation can take place without visible
indications.
INSPECTION
Type of Inspection
a. Initial Inspection Before any new or repaired web
sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected by a
designated person to ensure that the correct web sling is
being used, as well as to determine that the web sling
meets the requirements of this specification.
b. Frequent Inspection This inspection shall be
conducted by a qualified person handling the sling each
time the sling is used.
c. Periodic Inspection This inspection shall be
conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of
inspection should be based on:
1. Frequency of web sling use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of web slings
used in similar applications
4. Inspections should be conducted at least annually
A sling shall be removed from service if any of the following

are visible:
a. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification
is missing or not readable.
b. Acid or alkalis burns
c. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the
web sling
d. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles
e. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices
f. Excessive abrasive wear
g. Knots in any part of the web sling
h. Distortion and excessive pitting, corrosion or
broken fittings
i. Any conditions which cause doubts as to the strength
of the sling
WEB SLINGS
a. Factors which affect the degree of strength loss are:

1. Length of time of continuous exposure
2. Web sling construction and design
3. Other environmental factors such as weather
conditions and geographic location
b. Suggested procedures to minimize the affects of
ultra-violet light.
1. Store web slings to a cool, dry and dark place when
not being used for prolonged periods of time
c. Some visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are:
1. Bleaching out of web sling color
2. Increased stiffness of web sling material
3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with
the load
d. Proof Testing Slings used in environments where they
are subject to continuous exposure to ultra-violet light
shall be proof tested to twice the rated capacity semiannually, or more frequently depending on severity of
exposure.
R E M O VA L F R O M S E R V I C E
INSPECTION RECORDS
Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each
sling as established by the user, should be kept on file for
all web slings. These records should show a description of
the new web sling and its condition on each subsequent
inspection.
R E PA I R O F W E B S L I N G S
Sling webbing with structural damage shall never be repaired.
Type I and Type II web slings, and other web slings utilizing
hardware, may be re-webbed utilizing existing fittings. It
shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer repairing the
web sling to determine if the hardware is reusable.
All re-webbed Type I and Type II, and other web slings
utilizing fittings, shall be proof tested to two (2) times their
vertical rated capacity before being placed back into
service. A certificate of proof testing shall be provided.
Temporary repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall not
be permitted.
rated capacities.
73
Web Slings
RATED CAPACITY INFORMATION

Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (sling to load) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged
slings or choker/basket hitches. To determine the actual sling capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original sling
rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.
S L I N G A N G L E TA B L E ( A N G L E O F L I F T )
ANGLE OF CHOKE
Point of
Choke
WEB SLINGS
Angle of Choke
ANGLE/DEGREES
LOSS FACTOR
HORIZONTAL
ANGLE/DEGREES
HORIZONTAL
LOSS FACTOR
90
1.000
55
0.819
85
0.996
50
0.766
80
0.985
45
0.707
75
0.966
40
0.643
70
0.940
35
0.574
65
0.906
30
0.500
60
0.866
R AT E D C A PA C I T Y O F
C H O K E R H I T C H TA B L E
Load
Protection
ANGLE OF CHOKE SLING RATED

DEGREES
LOAD FACTOR
120-180
1.00
105-120
0.93
90-105
0.87
CAUTION: Do Not Exceed Rated Capacities
BASKET HITCH
CHOKER HITCH
For web slings used in a

choker hitch, rated loads in
Tables 1-4 are for an angle
of choke of 120 degrees or
greater for the angle formed in
the web sling body as it passes
through the choking eye.
VERTICAL HITCH
GENERAL GUIDE TO CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTS
NYLON
ACIDS
DRY
BLEACH- CLEANING
ALCHO- AIDE- STRONG ING
HOLS
HYDES ALKALIS AGENTS AGENTS ETHERS
HALOGENATED HYDROOILS
SOAP &
HYDRO- CARLUBRI- DETEROILS
CARBONS BONS
KETONES CRUDE CATING GENTS
WATER
&
WEAK
SEAALKAWATER LIS
NO
OK
OK
OK
NO
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
NO
**
OK
OK
NO
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
POLYESTER *
* Disintegrated by concentrated sulfuric acid
** Degraded by strong alkalis at elevated temperatures
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY: Seller warrants that its goods are free from defects in materials and workmanship at time of
delivery. Therefore, Sellers liability is limited to refund of purchase price or replacement of goods upon written notice and return prepaid to Seller to
establish claim for any said defect. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE ABOVE OBLIGATION ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY SELLER.
74
Web Slings
VERSATILE NYLON WEB SLINGS AND POLYESTER LOAD BINDERS

TRIANGLE/CHOKER
TRIANGLE/TRIANGLE
TYPE I
TYPE II
End fittings are steel or aluminum

with a slip through design which
provides good choke hitching.
Also can be used in vertical or
basket hitches.
End fittings are steel or aluminum

designed to be used in only a
vertical or basket hitch.
Available in Nylon or Polyester

Webbing.
WEB SLINGS
1-PLY
STEEL AND ALUMINUM HARDWARE
BASKET HITCH
STOCK
WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90
60
45
30
TC1-902
3,100
2,480
6,200
5,369
4,383
3,100
TC1-903
4,700
3,760
9,400
8,140
6,646
4,700
TC1-904
6,200
4,960
12,400
10,738
8,767
6,200
TC1-906
9,300
7,440
18,600
16,108
13,150
9,300
TC1-908
11,800
9,440
23,600
20,438
16,665
11,800
TC1-910
10
14,700
11,760
29,400
25,460
20,786
14,700
TC1-912
12
17,600
14,080
35,200
30,483
24,888V
17,600
2-PLY
STEEL HARDWARE ONLY
BASKET HITCH
STOCK
WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90
60
45
30
TC2-902
6,200
4,960
12,400
10,738
8,767
6,200
TC2-903
8,800
7,040
17,600
15,242
12,443
8,800
TC2-904
11,000
8,800
22,000
19,052
15,554
11,000
TC2-906
16,500
13,200
33,000
28,578
23,331
16,500
TC2-908
22,700
18,160
45,400
39,316
32,098
22,700
TC2-910
10
28,400
22,720
56,800
49,189
40,158
28,400
TC2-912
12
34,100
27,280
58,200
59,061
48,217V
34,100
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and

follow the use and inspection instructions
could result in severe personal injury or
death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITIES.

CAUTION: Do not use aluminum fittings where acids, alkalis or other corrosive agents are present.
The above capacities are for steel hardware only. Aluminum hardware may only be used with single ply web slings.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult Delta Rigging and Tools.
75
Web Slings
EYE & EYE TYPE III (FLAT) & TYPE IV (TWIST)

E Y E & E Y E / F L AT - T Y P E I I I
Sling made with a flat loop on each end with loop eye
opening on same plane as sling body. This type of sling is
sometimes called a flat eye and eye, eye and eye, or
double eye sling.
LENGTH
EYE & EYE/TWIST - TYPE IV
WEB SLINGS
Sling made with both loop eyes formed as in Type III, except
that the loop eyes are turned to form a loop eye which is
at a right angle to the plane of the sling body. This type of
sling is commonly referred to as a twisted eye sling.
LENGTH
O N E A N D T W O - P LY
1-PLY
BASKET HITCH
STOCK NO. WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90
60
45
30
EYE LENGTH
EE1901
1,600
1,280
3,200
2,771
2,262
1,600
EE1902
3,100
2,480
6,200
5,369
4,383
3,100
EE1903
4,700
3,760
9,400
8,140
6,646
4,700
11
EE1904
6,200
4,960
12,400
10,738
8,767
6,200
12
EE1906
9,300
7,440
18,600
16,108
13,150
9,300
12
EE1908
11,800
9,440
23,600
20,438
16,665
11,800
18
EE1910
10
14,700
11,760
29,400
25,460
20,786
14,700
18
EE1912
12
17,600
14,080
35,200
30,483
24,886
17,600
24
2-PLY
BASKET HITCH
60
45
30
EYE LENGTH
EE2901
3,100
2,480
6,200
5,369
4,383
3,100
EE2902
6,200
4,960
12,400
10,738
8,767
6,200
EE2903
8,800
7,040
17,600
15,242
12,443
8,800
11
EE2904
11,000
8,800
22,000
19,052
15,554
11,000
12
EE2906
16,500
13,200
33,000
28,578
23,331
16,500
16
EE2908
22,700
18,160
45,400
39,316
32,098
22,700
20
EE2910
10
28,400
22,720
56,800
49,189
40,158
28,400
24
EE2912
12
34,100
27,280
68,200
59,061
48,217
34,100
24

*Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs
when used with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult
Delta Rigging and Tools.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and

inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or
76
Web Slings
EYE & EYE TYPE III (FLAT) & TYPE IV (TWIST)

T H R E E A N D F O U R - P LY
3-PLY
BASKET HITCH
60
45
30
EYE LENGTH
EE3901
4,100
3,300
8,200
7,052
5,781
4,100
10
EE3902
8,200
6,600
16,400
14,104
11,562
8,200
12
EE3903
12,300
9,900
24,600
21,156
17,343
12,300
14
EE3904
15,300
12,200
30,600
26,316
21,573
15,300
16
EE3906
22,900
18,300
45,800
39,388
32,289
22,900
18
EE3908
30,700
24,600
61,400
52,804
43,287
30,700
24
EE3910
10
36,000
28,800
72,000
61,920
50,760
36,000
24
EE3912
12
40,300
32,200
80,600
69,316
56,823
40,300
24
WEB SLINGS
4-PLY
BASKET HITCH
60
45
30
EYE LENGTH
EE4901
5,500
4,400
11,000
9,526
7,777
5,500
10
EE4902
11,000
8,800
22,000
19,052
15,554
11,000
12
EE4903
16,400
13,120
32,800
28,405
23,190
16,400
14
EE4904
20,400
16,320
40,800
35,333
28,846
20,400
16
EE4906
30,600
24,480
61,200
52,999
43,268
30,600
18
EE4908
40,960
32,768
81,920
70,451
57,753
40,960
24
EE4910
10
48,000
38,400
96,000
82,560
67,680
48,000
24
EE4912
12
53,760
43,008
107,520
92,467
75,801
53,760
24

77
Web Slings
ENDLESS TYPE V
Endless sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the ends of the fabric together
with a splice.
O N E A N D T W O - P LY
WEB SLINGS
1-PLY
BASKET HITCH
60
45
30
EN1901
3,200
2,560
6,400
5,542
4,525
3,200
EN1902
6,200
4,960
12,400
10,738
8,767
6,200
EN1903
9,400
7,520
18,800
16,281
13,292
9,400
EN1904
12,400
9,920
24,800
21,477
17,534
12,400
EN1906
18,600
14,880
37,200
32,215
26,300
18,600
EN1908
21,200
16,960
42,400
36,718
29,977
21,200
EN1910
10
26,500
21,200
53,000
45,580
37,471
26,500
EN1912
12
31,800
25,440
63,600
55,078
44,965
31,800
2-PLY
BASKET HITCH
60
45
30
EN2901
6,200
4,960
12,400
10,738
8,767
6,200
EN2902
12,400
9,920
24,800
21,477
17,534
12,400
EN2903
17,600
14,080
35,200
30,483
24,886
17,600
EN2904
22,000
17,600
44,000
38,104
31,108
22,000
EN2906
33,000
26,400
66,000
57,156
46,662
33,000
EN2908
42,300
33,840
84,600
73,264
59,812
42,300
EN2910
10
52,900
42,320
105,800
91,623
74,801
52,900
EN2912
12
63,500
50,800
127,000
109,982
89,789
63,500

78
Web Slings
ENDLESS TYPE V (CON'T)

Endless sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the ends of the fabric together
with a splice.
T H R E E A N D F O U R P LY
60
45
30
EN3901
8,200
6,600
16,400
14,104
11,562
8,200
EN3902
16,500
13,200
33,000
28,380
23,265
16,500
EN3903
24,700
19,800
49,400
42,484
34,827
24,700
EN3904
30,600
24,500
61,200
52,632
43,146
30,600
EN3906
45,900
36,700
91,800
78,948
64,719
45,900
EN3908
61,400
49,100
122,800
105,608
86,574
61,400
EN3910
10
72,000
57,600
144,000
123,840
101,520
72,000
EN3912
12
80,600
64,500
161,200
138,632
113,646
80,600
WEB SLINGS
3-PLY
BASKET HITCH
4-PLY
BASKET HITCH
60
45
30
EN4901
11,000
8,800
22,000
19,052
15,554
11,000
EN4902
22,000
17,600
44,000
38,104
31,108
22,000
EN4903
32,900
26,320
65,800
56,983
46,521
32,900
EN4904
40,800
32,640
81,600
70,666
57,691
40,800
EN4906
61,200
48,960
122,400
105,998
86,537
61,200
EN4908
81,920
65,536
163,840
140,902
115,507
81,920
EN4910
10
96,000
76,800
192,000
165,120
135,360
96,000
EN4912
12
107,520
86,016
215,040
184,934
151,603
107,520

79
Web Slings
REVERSED EYE TYPE VI

These are the most durable of all web slings. The complete sling, both sides, are covered with a buffer web for the
maximum abrasion resistance, including the eyes. Eye configuration allows for tight choking also great for vertical and
basket hitches.
WEB SLINGS
LENGTH
REVERSED EYE TYPE VI

SLING DIMENSIONS
RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS

REVERSED
EYE
VERTICAL
TYPE VI
VERTICAL CHOKER
BASKET
SLING
WIDTH
SLING
EYE
THICKNESS LENGTH
RE1-902-1
3,200
2,560
6,400
5/16
RE1-904-1
6,400
5,120
12,800
5/16
15
RE1-906-1
9,600
7,680
19,200
5/16
15
RE2-902-2
6,400
5,120
12,800
1/2
RE2-904-2
12,800
10,240
25,600
1/2
15
RE2-906-2
17,760
14,208
35,520
1/2
15
RE3-904-3
17,760
14,208
35,520
11/16
15
RE3-906-3
26,640
21,312
53,280
11/16
15
RE4-906-4
35,520
28,416
71,040
7/8
15
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult Delta Rigging and Tools.

80
Web Slings
WIDE BODY BASKET - WBB TYPE 8

These are designed for use in basket hitches where you need a wide sling for load stability and for proper handling of
fragile or highly finished surfaces. Eyes of slings are tapered to fit in hoist or crane hooks.
60
45
30
WEB SLINGS
RATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)*

BASKET HITCH
NOMINAL
NOMINAL
EYE LENGTH EYE WIDTH
L (INCHES) W (INCHES)
INCHES
PLY
17,200
14,900
12,100
8,600
12
1-1/2
32,000
27,700
22,600
16,000
15
1-1/2
22,600
19,600
16,000
11,300
12
42,000
36,400
29,700
21,000
15
10
28,200
24,400
20,000
14,100
15
1-3/4
10
52,500
45,500
37,100
26,300
18
2-1/2
12
33,900
29,300
23,900
16,900
15
12
63,000
54,600
44,600
31,500
18
3*
16
43,900
38,000
31,000
22,000
18
3*
16
72,800
63,000
51,400
36,400
24
4*
20
51,000
44,100
36,000
25,500
24
3-1/2*
20
80,000
69,300
56,500
40,000
24
5*
24
56,400
48,900
39,900
28,200
24
4*
24
88,400
76,600
62,500
44,200
24
6*
* Narrower taper available on special request only.

Wear pads are available for eyes and sling body on request.
Warning: Horizontal sling angles less than 30 shall not be used.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the
use and inspection instructions could result in severe
personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
81
Web Slings
LOAD BALANCER BASKET - LBB TYPE 9

These are designed for applications where you need a wide sling for load stability and for proper handling of fragile or
highly finished surfaces. They have lower rated capacity than the Wide Body Basket. Eyes are constructed to fit properly on
small hoist hooks and are reinforced for longer life.
WEB SLINGS
RATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)*

BASKET HITCH
60
45
INCHES
PLY
6,000
5,200
4,200
3,000
6,000
5,200
4,200
3,000
12
10
6,000
5,200
4,200
3,000
15
12
6,000
5,200
4,200
3,000
18
16
10,000
8,700
7,100
5,000
24
20
10,000
8,700
7,100
5,000
24
24
10,000
8,700
7,100
5,000
24
Warning: Horizontal sling angles less than 30 shall not be used.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the
use and inspection instructions could result in severe
personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
82
30
NOMINAL
NOMINAL
EYE LENGTH EYE WIDTH
W (INCHES) L (INCHES)
Web Slings
M U LT I - L E G G E D B R I D L E S L I N G S
These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need
multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of
rings, hooks and other fittings.
WEB SLINGS
3 and 4 legged assemblies available on request. Because of the wide variety of fittings which can greatly
affect the rated capacity of an assembly, please contact Delta Rigging and Tools to discuss your specific
lifting requirements.
S I N G L E - L E G G E D H A R D WA R E S L I N G S
These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need
multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of
rings, hooks and other fittings.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and

follow the use and inspection instructions could
result in severe personal injury or death. Do not
exceed rated capacities.
83
How to Order
TUFFY BRAND UTILITY SLINGS

Delta Rigging and Tools is dedicated to the manufacturing of synthetic web slings that meet or exceed current industry
standards (OSHA and ANSI B30.9). Only the finest domestic webbing and hardware is used so that you are assured of the
best in each and every web sling. All webbing has a red thread woven into the core to serve as a warning to the operator,
when exposed, the web sling has reached the end of safe use. However, red yarns are not the only criteria for determining
the removal of web slings from service. When in doubt as to the serviceability of a web sling, consult your manufacturer or
OSHA Standards as to proper use or removal from service. All the load charts herein are based on a safety factor of 5:1.
However, all loading is based on new and unused slings and does not relieve the end user from responsibility for regular
inspection for damage and serviceability. (See manufacturers warranty and liability.)
A L L O R D E R S M U S T S P E C I F Y:
WEB SLINGS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Sling type number and Stock number as given.

Length of sling, measured as shown.
Width of the sling body.
Webbing material Nylon or Polyester.
Description of end fittings for slings where a
choice of fittings is offered.
S P E C I A L O R D E R S A VA I L A B L E
Special design slings are available on special order.
D I S C L A I M E R O F WA R R A N T I E S
AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY
Seller warrants that its goods are free from defects in materials and
workmanship at time of delivery. Therefore, Sellers liability is limited to
refund of purchase price or replacement of goods upon written notice
and return prepaid to Seller to establish claim for any said defect.
SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE ABOVE
OBLIGATION ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY SELLER.
WARNING:
Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not
exceed rated capacities.
84
Web Slings
SLING SAVER WEB SLING SHACKLES
SLING SHACKLE
S-253 SCREW PIN

SLING SHACKLE
WEB SLINGS
S - 2 5 2 B O LT T Y P E
Shackles available in size 3-1/4 to 50 tons.

All Alloy construction.
Design factor of 5 to 1.
Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability
along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an
increased area for load distribution, thus:
Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to
standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional hooks.
This allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load Limit to be
achieved.
Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.
Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26
including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature
requirements. Importantly, Crosby products meet other critical performance
requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability,
not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Shackles available in both a Screw Pin and Bolt, Nut and cotter pin configuration.
Bolt (Pin) has a larger diameter that provides better load distribution.
Look for the Red Pin . . . the mark of Genuine Crosby quality.
Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the requirements for

minimum stock diameter or thickness, and effective contact
width shown in the Recommended Standards Specification
for Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling & Tie
Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)
S - 2 5 2 B O LT T Y P E S L I N G S H A C K L E
WEB
SLING
EYE WIDTH
(INCHES)
ROUND
SLING
SIZE
(NO.)
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
EACH
(TONS)* (LBS.) A
1&2
3-1/4
1.4
.88
.62
1.38 .75
1.50 .44
1.5
3&4
6-1/2
2.4
1.25 .75
1.75 .88
5&6
8-3/4
4.1
1.38 .88
7&8
12-1/2
8.0
9 & 10 20-1/2
16.9
2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.25 .88
11 & 12 35
13
50
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
D
3.38 3.68
1.12
1.50 .75
1.88 .50
4.15 4.25
1.31
1.81 1.00 3.38
2.25 1.00 2.81 .56
5.50 4.72
1.50
2.09 1.12 4.19
1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75
6.34 5.88
1.88
2.62 1.38 5.62
9.45 7.19
2.25
3.12 1.75 7.50
35.0
2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31
3.00
4.19 2.25 9.19
57.5
3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 13.75 10.38 3.38
2.69
4.75 2.75 11.00
* Maximum Proof Load is

2.5 times the Working
Load Limit. Minimum
Ultimate Strength is 5
times the Working Load
Limit.
S-253 SCREW PIN SLING SHACKLE

WEB
ROUND
SLING
SLING
EYE WIDTH SIZE
(INCHES) (NO.)
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
EACH
(TONS)* (LBS.) A
1&2
3-1/4
1.4
.88
.62
1.38 .75
1.5
3&4
6-1/2
2.2
1.25 .75
1.75 .88
5&6
8-3/4
3.8
1.38 .88
7&8
12-1/2
4
5
6
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
M
1.50 3.38 1.50 .75
2.69
3.22 .44
1.00
1.88 4.15 1.81 1.00
3.38
4.03 .50
1.19
2.25 1.00 2.81 5.50 2.09 1.12
4.19
4.50 .50
1.44
7.3
1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 6.34 2.62 1.38
5.62
5.59 .62
1.81
9 & 10 20-1/2
15.2
2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.25 9.45 3.12 1.75
7.50
6.88 .75
2.13
11 & 12 35
30.8
2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 11.50 4.19 2.25
9.19
8.66 1.00 2.88
13
52.0
3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 13.75 4.75 2.75
11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19
50
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
85
Web Slings
SLING SAVER WEB SLING HOOKS
WEB SLINGS
WS-320A
WEB SLING HOOK
Hook capacities available: 1-1/2, 3, and 5 tons.

All Alloy construction.
Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with
a working load limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
Originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, the Crosby Web Sling hook can also be
used with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible.
The new hook incorporates the following features:
Eye is designed with a wide beam surface which:
Eliminates bunching effects.
Reduces sling tendency to slide.
Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.
All hooks feature Crosbys patented QUIC-CHECK indicators.
Hook Web Sling Eye width available 1", 2", and 3".
Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
WS-320A WEB SLING HOOKS

WEB SLING ROUND
WORKING
WEIGHT
EYE WIDTH SLING SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH
(INCHES)
(NO.)
(TONS)*
(LBS.)
HOOK I.D.
CODE
1-1/2
1.10
FA
2.86
HA
6.60
IA
WARNING: Failure to read, understand

and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe
personal injury or death. Do not exceed
rated capacities.
HOOK
I.D.
CODE
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(TONS)*
AA
FA
1-1/ 2
5.25
2.26
3.98
3.11
1.38
.84
.94
.93
.71
1.50
.63
.75
.91
2.24
1.01
.98
2.00
HA
7.11
3.66
5.31
3.97
1.63
1.13
1.32
1.13
.94
2.50
.85
1.13
1.09
2.82
1.69
1.16
2.00
IA
9.33
5.13
7.06
4.81
2.00
1.44
1.63
1.47
1.31
3.75
1.13
1.63
1.36
3.51
2.59
1.53
2.50
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the requirements for minimum stock diameter or thickness, and effective contact width shown in the Recommended
Standards Specification for Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling & Tie Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)
86
Web Slings
SLING SAVER WEB SLING HOOKS
S-287 WEB SLING

CHOKER HOOK
Available in 2 sizes: 3-1/4 tons (2" webbing) and 4-1/2 tons (3" webbing)
Forged Alloy steel.
Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged
into it.
Special design of hook protects the synthetic sling when dropped or
dragged.
Designed to reduce friction, abrasion, and fraying in choker area.
Uses same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.
Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover available.
WEB SLINGS
S-287 WEB SLING CHOKER HITCH

WEB SLINGS*
ROUND
SLING WEBBING EYE
WIDTH
WIDTH
SIZE
(INCHES) (INCHES) PLY
(NO.)
WORKING
WEIGHT
LOAD
EACH
LIMIT
(TONS)** (LBS.) A
1&2
3-1/4
3.7
2.13 2.50 3.32 .38
6.03 4.77 4.88 .34
1.5
4-1/2
6.1
1.63 3.50 3.67 .38
7.06 4.53 6.51 1.36 1.88
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
B
J
1.50
I N S P E C T I O N I N F O R M AT I O N
WEB SLING
Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a clevis
or shackle, or in a hook.
ROUND SLINGS
The round sling shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a
clevis or shackle, or in a hook.
The opening of fitting shall be proper shape and size to ensure that the
fitting will seat properly on the round sling.
* NOTE: Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye),
Class 7, 2-Ply web slings.
** Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working
Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate
load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the
requirements for minimum stock diameter or
thickness, and effective contact width shown in the
Recommended Standards Specification for
Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling &
Tie Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)
When a Round Sling is used with a shackle, it is recommended that it be

used (rigged) in the bow of the shackle.
SYNTHETIC SLINGS RATED LOAD

Folding, bunching or pinching of synthetic slings, which occurs when used
with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
When connecting web or round slings, use conventional fittings with:
1. Large Radius
2. Straight Pins
3. Pads or use special fittings designed for synthetic slings.
BUNCHING
PINCHING
ANSI B30.9-1994
87
Round Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS

RO U N D S L I N G S
1. Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall

be within the rated capacity of the polyester round sling(s).
2. Select a polyester round sling having suitable
characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment.
3. Polyester round slings shall not be loaded in excess of
the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to the
round sling to load angle which affects rated capacities.
4. Polyester round slings with fittings which are used in a
choker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that the
choking action is on the roundsling, and never on the fitting.
5. Polyester round slings used in a basket hitch shall
have the load balanced to prevent slippage.
6. The openings in fittings shall be the proper shape and
size to ensure that the fittings will seat properly on the
polyester round sling, crane hook, or other attachments.
7. Polyester round slings shall always be protected
from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges,
protrusions or abrasive surfaces.
8. Polyester round slings shall not be dragged on the
floor or over abrasive surfaces.
9. Polyester round slings shall not be twisted, shortened,
lengthened, tied in knots, or joined by knotting.
10. Polyester round slings shall not be pulled from under
loads when the load is resting on the polyester round sling.
11. Do not drop polyester round slings equipped with
metal fittings.
12. Polyester round slings that appear to be damaged shall
not be used unless inspected and accepted as usable.
13. The polyester round sling shall be hitched in a
manner providing control of the load.
14. Personnel, including all portions of the human body,
shall be kept from between the polyester round sling
and the load, and from between the polyester round
sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.
15. Personnel shall stand clear of the suspended load.
16. Personnel shall not ride the polyester round sling or
the load being lifted.
17. Shock loading shall be avoided.
18. Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided.
19. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base
(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook.
20. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall
be alert for possible snagging of the polyester round sling.
21. The polyester roundslings legs (branches) shall contain
or support the load from the sides above the center of
gravity when using a basket hitch.
88
22. Polyester roundslings shall be long enough so that

the rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when the
sling to load angle is taken into consideration.
23. Only polyester round slings with legible
identification tags shall be used.
24. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load,
hook and point of choke.
25. The polyester round sling shall not be constricted or
bunched between the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.
When a polyester round sling is used with a shackle, it is
recommended that it be used (rigged) in the bow of the shackle.
26. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load
to allow removal of the polyester round sling, if
applicable.
E N V I R O N M E N TA L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S
1. Polyester round slings should be stored in a cool, dry
and dark place to prevent loss of strength when not in
use through exposure to ultra-violet rays. Polyester round
slings shall not be stored in chemically active areas.
2. Chemically active environments can affect the strength
of polyester round slings in varying degrees ranging
from little to total degradation. The polyester round sling
manufacturer or qualified person should be consulted
before slings are used in chemically active environments.
Acids
Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to
degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some
acids. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into
consideration the following:
a. Type of Acid
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
Alkalis
Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging
from little to total degradation.Each application shall be
a. Type of Alkali
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
3. Polyester round slings shall not be used at temperatures
in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) or temperatures
below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40 degrees C).
4. Polyester round slings incorporating aluminum
fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays,
mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.
rated capacities.
Round Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR ROUND SLINGS

INSPECTION
INSPECTION RECORDS
Polyester round slings shall be visually inspected by a

designated person handling the polyester round sling before
each use. These visual observations shall be concerned
with the identification tag and discovering damage.
Polyester round slings shall be removed from service if
there is any doubt as to the condition of the round sling.
Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for

each polyester round sling as established by the user,
should be kept on file. These records should show a
description of the new polyester round sling and its
condition on each subsequent inspection.
R E PA I R O F R O U N D S L I N G S
TYPE OF INSPECTION
There shall be no repairs of load bearing fibers. Repairs to

the protective covers shall be done only by the original
manufacturer or their appointed agent. Only polyester round
slings which can be identified from the information on the
identification tag shall be repaired. All repaired polyester
round slings shall be proof tested to a minimum of two (2)
times the rated capacity before being put back into service.
Certification of proof test should be provided.
a. Initial Inspection Before any polyester round sling is

placed into service, it shall be inspected by a designated
person to ensure that the correct round sling is being
used, as well as to determine that the round sling meets
the requirements of this specification.
b. Frequent Inspection This inspection shall be
conducted by a qualified person handling the polyester
round sling each time the round sling is used.
c. Periodic Inspection This inspection shall be
conducted by a designated person. Frequency of
inspection should be based on:
1. Frequency of use
3. Experience gained on the service life of polyester
round slings used in similar applications
4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least
monthly
rated capacities.
R E M O VA L F R O M S E R V I C E
A polyester round sling shall be removed from service if
any of the following is visible:
a. If polyester round sling identification tag is missing or
unreadable.
b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the
polyester round sling.
c. Holes, tears, cuts, embedded particles, abrasive wear or
snags that expose the core fibers of the polyester round
sling.
d. Broken or worn stitching in the cover which exposes the
core fibers.
e. Fittings when damaged, stretched or distorted in any way.
f. Polyester round slings that are knotted.
g. Acid or alkali burns of the polyester round sling.
h. Any conditions which cause doubts as to the strength of
the polyester round sling.
89
Round Slings
TUFFY HP HIGH PERFORMANCE ROUND SLINGS

NO GIMMICKS, JUST
PERFORMANCE
TuffyHP round slings combine the superior flexibility of the
Flexi-Grip with high performance super-aramid fibers that
make up the TuffyHP to give you a lighter, stronger, less
bulky, flexible lifting sling to accommodate a wide variety of
difficult loads. The flexibility and compact size promote
rigging speed and allow for easy storage and
transportation.
S U P E R I O R M AT E R I A L S P R O D U C E
E X C E P T I O N A L R E S U LT S
TuffyHP round slings are manufactured using the same
proven and familiar process used for over 10 years in the
Flexi-Grip product line, but now with the introduction of
engineered, high-performance inner super-aramid fibers,
encased in an abrasive resistant jacket, high performance
round slings take on a whole new level of lifting
capabilities.
H I G H H E AT R E S I S TA N C E
TuffyHP round slings maintain good properties even under
high temperature rigging environments up to 350 F, while
other high performance synthetic slings may begin to
deteriorate at 200 F.
U N S U R PA S S E D S T R E N G T H T O
W E I G H T R AT I O
TuffyHP round slings exhibit super high strength when
compared to other sling materials of the same weight.
TuffyHP slings are 8 times as strong as steel and 3 times
as strong as polyester or nylon. Lower overall sling weights
result in faster rigging times, increased rigger safety during
transport and the rigging process, and a higher load
capacity per lift since less weight is required for the sling
itself.
S L I N G FAT I G U E & S T R E T C H
R E S I S TA N C E L E S S T H A N 1 %
STRETCH
TuffyHP super-aramid fiber round sling has a longer service
life when compared to other high strength slings and
maintains a stretch factor of less than 1% at its rated
capacity. This enables precise load control that minimizes
adjustments for stretch and reduces headroom problems of
your lift.
90
C H E M I C A L R E S I S TA N C E
The high performance super-aramid fibers used in TuffyHP
round slings exhibit high resistance to both acids and
alkalis as well as organic solvents. They are also stable
against seawater and steam and show good hydrolytic
resistance.
A D J U S TA B L E W E A R PA D S &
S A F E T Y A L L S TA N D A R D
In addition to the already tough exterior, TuffyHP round
slings all receive two heavy duty adjustable wear pads to
protect lifting eyes and to increase abrasion resistance. For
maximum visibility and safety, each sling is stenciled with
the model number which easily identifies the vertical lifting
capacity and is tagged with full capacities and usage
information.
Round Slings
TUFFY HP HIGH PERFORMANCE ROUND SLINGS

S P E C I F I C AT I O N S A N D R AT E D C A PA C I T Y ( P O U N D S )
APPROX.
BODY
WEIGHT/FT.
POUNDS
VERTICAL CHOKER
MODEL #
BASKET
60
45
Orange
TuffyHP-10
1.00
0.28
10,000
8,000
20,000
17,300
14,100
Orange
TuffyHP-15
1.25
0.41
15,000
12,000
30,000
26,000
21,200
Orange
TuffyHP-20
1.25
0.47
20,000
16,000
40,000
34,600
28,230
Orange
TuffyHP-30
1.50
0.78
30,000
24,000
60,000
52,000
42,400
Orange
TuffyHP-40
2.25
1.08
40,000
32,000
80,000
69,300
56,500
Orange
TuffyHP-50
2.25
1.15
50,000
40,000
100,000
86,600
70,700
Orange
TuffyHP-60
2.50
1.36
60,000
48,000
120,000
103,900
84,800
Orange
TuffyHP-70
2.50
1.52
70,000
56,000
140,000
121,200
99,000
Orange
TuffyHP-90
3.00
1.97
90,000
72,000
180,000
155,900
127,300
Orange
TuffyHP-100 3.00
2.12
100,000
80,000
200,000
173,200
141,400
Orange
TuffyHP-120 3.50
2.52
120,000
96,000
240,000
207,800
169,700
Orange
TuffyHP-150 3.50
3.01
150,000
120,000
300,000
259,800
212,100
ROUND SLINGS
WEB
COLOR
APPROX.
BODY
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
* Always review sling tags for most recent working load limits.
91
Round Slings
FLEXI-GRIP ROUND SLINGS

Roundslings are fabricated with high-quality, high-strength 100% polyester fibers. These fibers are encased in a
seamless double-walled polyester jacket providing maximum protection to the inner load bearing fibers. These slings
offer an exceptionally soft and easy-to-work-with rigging tool that grips the load without marring load surface.
F L E X I - G R I P R O U N D S L I N G R AT E D C A PA C I T I E S
INCHES
LBS/FT
VERTICAL CHOKER
BASKET
60
45
30
BASKET* BASKET* BASKET
FG0600
PURPLE
0.60
0.30
2,600
2,100
5,200
4,500
3,600
2,600
FG0800
GREEN
0.80
0.40
5,300
4,200
10,600
9,100
7,400
5,300
FG1000
YELLOW
1.00
0.50
8,400
6,700
16,800
14,500
11,800
8,400
FG1200
TAN
1.20
0.60
10,600
8,500
21,200
18,300
15,000
10,600
FG1300
RED
1.30
0.80
13,200
10,600
26,400
22,800
18,600
13,200
FG1400
WHITE
1.40
0.90
16,800
13,400
33,600
29,100
23,700
16,800
FG1550
BLUE
1.55
1.20
21,200
17,000
42,400
36,700
29,900
21,200
FG1750
ORANGE
1.75
1.50
25,000
20,000
50,000
43,300
35,300
25,000
FG1950
ORANGE
1.95
2.00
31,000
24,800
62,000
53,600
43,800
31,000
FG2350
BLACK
2.35
2.80
40,000
32,000
80,000
69,200
56,500
40,000
FG3150
BLACK
3.15
3.60
53,000
42,400
106,000
91,600
74,800
53,000
FG3950
BLACK
3.95
4.60
66,000
52,800
132,000
114,400
93,400
66,000
FG4800
BLACK
4.80
5.80
90,000
72,000
180,000
155,800
127,200
90,000
* Rated capacities are determined with the sling angle calculated from the vertical.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal
injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
R O U N D S L I N G F E AT U R E S
T E C H N I C A L D ATA
Maximum working temperature 200 F

Oil and grease do not normally affect strength
Resistant to most acids, however is not resistant to
concentrations of alkalis
Does not lose strength in water will not rot or mildew
Excellent resistance to ultra-violet rays because outer
cover protects inner fibers
Only 3% elongation
High strength to weight ratio

Low elongation/Extreme flexibility
Double cover for extra life
Endless style means that wear points always change
with each lift
Polyester interior fibers do not contact the load,
meaning little wear as long as cover is intact
Long lasting tag indicates working load limits
Different colors indicate load limits through FG1550
92
Round Slings
ROUND SLING ACCESSORIES

F L E X I - G R I P W E A R PA D S
Wear pads are available in tough, durable polyester or
leather for added resistance to cutting and abrasion that
might otherwise cause early retirement.
EYE & EYE ROUND SLINGS
Eye & Eye Round slings can be fabricated to customer

specifications when required.
rated capacities.
93
Wire Mesh Slings
WIRE MESH SLINGS
SLING LENGTH SELECTION
To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH in

Column A find sling width selected. Then read across
and find dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling length
equals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches.
To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH in

Column A find sling width selected. Then read across
and find dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and add
circumference of load in inches to determine minimum
overall sling length.
Example: You wish to use a 10" wide sling on an 84"

circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals
102-1/2". (7-3/4 + 10-3/4 + 84")
Example: You wish to use a 10" wide sling on an 84"

circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86".
(1" + 1" + 84")
WIRE MESH SLING

FABRIC LBS./FT.OF LENGTH
INCHES
A
WIDTH
(NOM.)
DD
HOOK
SIZE
WT. 36" 10
SLING GA.
12
GA.
14
GA.
1/2
2-3/4
1-3/4
3-3/4
5 Ton
1-1/4
1-1/8
3/4
5-1/4
7-1/2
3/4
3-1/2
2-1/2
5-1/4
10 Ton
1-7/8
1-3/4
1-1/8
5-1/2
7-3/4
3/4
3-1/2
2-1/2
6-1/4
10 Ton
10
2-1/2
2-1/4
1-1/2
6-1/2
2-3/4
8-1/2
15 Ton
15
3-7/8
3-3/8
2-1/4
8-3/4
12
1-1/4
5-1/2
11-1/4
8-1/2
25 Ton
20
5-1/8
4-1/2
10
7-3/4
10-3/4
10-1/4
3-1/2
12-3/4
7-1/2
25 Ton
26
6-3/8
5-5/8
3-3/4
12
11-1/4
12-1/4
3-1/2
14-3/4
7-1/2
30 Ton
33
7-5/8
6-3/4
4-1/2
14
8-1/4
12
14-1/4
1-1/4
3-1/2
17
7-3/4
30 Ton
37
8-7/8
7-7/8
5-1/4
16
8-1/4
12-1/2
16-1/4
1-1/4
3-1/2
19
7-3/4
30 Ton
44
10-1/8
18
8-1/2
13-1/4
18
21-1/4
11
30 Ton
51
11-3/8
10-1/8
6-3/4
20
8-1/2
14
20
23-1/4
11-1/4
30 Ton
58
12-3/4
11-1/4
7-1/2
Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed Size

Standard Tolerance 1/2"
94
Wire Mesh Slings
SLING WIDTH SELECTION
G-48 MEDIUM DUTY

G-59 LIGHT DUTY
Example: You wish to use a G-43

sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400
pounds. Sling width required is 8".
NOMINAL
WIDTH OF
SLING
(INCHES)
CHOKER
VERTICAL
BASKET
60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE
1,600
3,200
2,700
2,000
1,600
3,000
6,000
5,100
3,800
2,800
4,400
8,800
7,480
5,600
4,400
6,600
13,200
11,225
8,400
6,600
8,800
17,600
15,000
11,250
8,800
10
11,000
22,000
18,700
14,000
11,000
12
13,200
26,400
22,440
16,800
13,200
14
15,400
30,800
26,180
19,600
15,400
16
17,600
35,200
29,920
22,400
17,600
18
19,800
39,600
33,660
25,200
19,800
20
22,000
44,000
37,400
28,000
22,000
1,450
2,900
2,320
1,740
1,450
2,175
4,350
3,700
2,700
2,175
2,900
5,800
4,900
3,670
2,900
4,800
9,600
8,150
6,100
4,800
6,400
12,800
10,880
8,100
6,400
10
8,000
16,000
13,600
10,200
8,000
12
9,600
19,200
16,300
12,000
9,600
14
11,200
22,400
19,000
14,000
11,200
16
12,800
25,600
21,700
16,200
12,800
18
13,500
27,000
22,900
17,000
13,500
20
15,000
30,000
25,500
19,000
15,000
900
1,800
1,600
1,300
900
1,400
2,800
2,400
2,000
1,400
2,000
4,000
3,500
2,800
2,000
3,000
6,000
5,200
4,200
3,000
4,000
8,000
6,900
5,700
4,000
10
5,000
10,000
8,600
7,100
5,000
12
6,000
12,000
10,400
8,500
6,000
14
7,000
14,000
12,100
9,900
7,000
16
8,000
16,000
13,900
11,300
8,000
18
9,000
18,000
15,600
12,700
9,000
20
10,000
20,000
17,300
14,100
10,000
EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED

CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
WIRE MESH SLINGS
First, determine the hitch you will use

for the gauge selected. Then read
down the column under the selected
hitch and gauge to the load weight
you wish to lift. Then read across to
the first column at left to find sling
width required.
G-35 HEAVY DUTY
HOW TO SELECT SLING

WIDTH ACCORDING TO
C A PA C I T Y, H I T C H A N D
S P E C I F I C AT I O N :
95
Ultrex Plus Double Braid
ULTREX PLUS DOUBLE BRAID

Ultrex Plus is a double braid of ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, treated with
Maxijacket coating for enhanced toughness. Sleeved with hightenacity polyester, Ultrex
Plus is spliceable utilizing conventional high-modulus splice techniques, or the new
Yaletuck splice, which shortens the bury portion and minimizes the length of the larger
diameter associated with the splice. All strengths shown are for spliced line.
Ultrex Plus is identified by green and yellow strands braided into the sleeve structure.
Specific Gravity: 1.18
UTILITY ROPE
D ATA
DIAM.
INCHES
AVERAGE
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MINIMUM
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MAXIMUM
WORKING
LOAD
5:1
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER
100 FT.
38
11,500
10,350
2,300
3.9
716
14,500
13,050
2,900
4.9
12
20,000
18,000
4,000
7.3
916
25,000
22,500
5,000
8.0
58
30,000
27,000
6,000
11.0
34
45,000
40,500
9,000
14.1
78
60,000
54,000
12,000
21.6
75,000
67,500
15,000
26.0
1-18
98,000
88,200
19,600
35.5
1-14
120,000
108,000
24,000
43.5
1-516
148,000
133,200
29,600
45.7
1-12
172,000
154,800
34,400
61.3
1-58
184,000
165,600
36,800
71.7
1-34
230,000
207,000
46,000
85.6
285,000
256,500
57,000
108.6
Elastic Elongation
The colored area under the curve represents the
rope's energy-absorption capability.
Green working 219 ft. lbs./lb.
Red ultimate 3,617 ft. lbs./lb.
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling operations.

Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of lines rated working
load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void normal working-load
recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines for working loads and safe use
of rope. Ultrex Plus is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-UXP-026
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Ultrex Plus is 1.0
milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when tested in accordance with
Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and
entrained moisture or impurities will increase a
ropes conductivity dramatically.
96
Maxibraid Plus Double Braid
MAXIBRAID PLUS DOUBLE BRAID

Maxibraid Plus is a double-braided rope constructed of an inner loadbearing
core of UHMPE fiber. The polyester outer sleeve protects the strength member from
abrasion. The UHMPE fiber has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any synthetic or
natural fiber and has stretch characteristics similar to wire. The UHMPE core is coated
with Maxijacket prior to being over-braided for added toughness.
Maxibraid Plus is identified by red and blue strands braided into the sleeve structure.
D ATA
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MINIMUM
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MAXIMUM
WORKING
LOAD
5:1
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER
100 FT.
14
5,100
3,870
1,020
2.4
516
7,500
5,130
1,500
2.9
38
8,600
7,740
1,720
3.8
716
11,300
10,350
2,260
5.4
12
20,000
18,000
4,000
7.3
58
26,500
23,850
5,300
12.4
34
34,500
31,050
6,900
15.0
1316
40,000
36,000
8,000
17.3
78
50,000
45,000
10,000
23.2
60,000
54,000
12,000
28.2
1-18
73,000
65,700
14,600
33.9
1-14
84,000
75,600
16,800
39.9
1-516
100,000
90,000
20,000
45.7
1-12
118,000
106,200
23,600
58.0
1-58
142,000
127,800
28,400
71.7
1-3/4
167,500
150,750
33,500
85.6
UTILITY ROPE
DIAM.
INCHES
AVERAGE
Elastic Elongation

of rope. Maxibraid Plus is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-MBP-062.
Special Warning
UHMPE-fibered ropes, at critical loads, will creep until they fail.
Exercise special care when using these types of products.
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Maxibraid
Plus is 1.0 milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when
tested in accordance with Yale Cordage Test
Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and entrained
moisture or impurities will increase a ropes conductivity
dramatically.
97
Double Esterlon Double Braid
DOUBLE ESTERLON DOUBLE BRAID
New 1-1/16" Diameter!
Double Esterlon is a double-braided rope constructed of unique, hightenacity,

cordage-finish polyester. Yales exceptionally high strengths come
from selecting this yarn (minimum 9.2 gpd), careful attention to machine setup,
and the extraordinary lubricity of the yarn. It offers low stretch, high
strength, and excellent wear life and dielectric strength.
Double Esterlon is identified by two adjacent green strands braided into the cover
structure. The date of manufacture is denoted by colored yarn between the core and
the sleeve.
UTILITY ROPE

D ATA
DIAM.
INCHES
AVERAGE
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MINIMUM
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MAXIMUM
WORKING
LOAD
5:1
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER
100 FT.
14
2,700
2,430
675
2.3
516
4,000
3,600
1,000
3.2
38
5,400
4.860
1,350
4.2
716
7,600
6,840
1,900
5.5
12
10,500
9,450
2,625
8.1
916
13,100
11,790
3,275
9.6
58
16,800
15,120
4,200
13.7
34
20,000
18,000
5,000
16.3
78
31,000
27,900
7,750
23.7
44,000
39,600
11,000
35.2
1-116
47,000
42,300
11,750
39.5
1-18
50,000
45,000
12,500
43.3
1-14
57,200
51,480
14,300
53.5
1-516
63,000
56,700
15,750
58.0
1-12
74,800
67,320
18,700
69.3
1-5/8
88,000
79,200
22,000
85.0
1-3/4
100,000
90,000
25,000
104.0
125,000
112,500
31,250
124.0

of rope. Double Esterlon is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-DE-022.
98
Elastic Elongation
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Double Esterlon is
1.0 milliamperes at 60 KDC volts when tested in accordance
with Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and
entrained moisture or impurities will increase a ropes
conductivity dramatically.
Maxibraid Single Braid
MAXIBRAID SINGLE BRAID

Maxibraid is a single-braid rope constructed of UHMPE fiber. This fiber has the highest
strength-toweight ratio of any synthetic or natural fiber, and it floats. The integral
Maxijacket coating firms the construction, increases wear life, and helps keep
contaminants out of rope. Maxibraid also has extremely low stretch, and it is laid firmer
than Ultrex, sacrificing tensile strength for longevity in tough field conditions.
D ATA
MINIMUM
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MAXIMUM
WORKING
LOAD
5:1
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER
100 FT.
14
6,600
5,940
1,320
1.5
516
9,800
8,820
1,960
2.4
38
14,300
12,870
2,860
3.5
716
18,000
16,200
3,600
4.1
12
26,500
23,850
5,300
6.9
916
32,000
28,800
6,400
8.0
58
39,500
35,550
7,900
9.2
34
49,000
44,100
9,800
13.0
78
69,000
62,100
13,800
17.8
82,000
73,800
16,400
22.7
1-18
108,000
97,200
21.600
28.6
1-14
120,000
108,000
24,000
36.3
1-516
130,000
117,000
26,000
39.4
1-12
156,000
140,400
31,200
45.3
1-34
230,000
207,000
46,000
71.1
250,000
225,000
50,000
80.0
UTILITY ROPE
DIAM.
INCHES
AVERAGE
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
Elastic Elongation
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling

operations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of
lines rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void
normal working-load recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines
for working loads and safe use of rope. Maxibraid is made in to Yale Cordage
Specification #YCI-MB-006.
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Maxibraid is 0.5
milliamperes at 60K DC volts when tested in accordance with
Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and
entrained moisture or impurities will increase a ropes
99
Ultrex Single Braid
ULTREX SINGLE BRAID

Ultrex is a single-braid rope of 100% UHMPE fiber with our Maxijacket coating for
superior abrasion resistance. Ultrexs braid angles and twist level are designed to
optimize break strength. With better bend-over-sheave resistance than other highmodulus fiber ropes, Ultrex has zero water absorption and maintains its flexibility even
in freezing conditions.
UTILITY ROPE
D ATA
DIAM.
INCHES
AVERAGE
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MINIMUM
BREAK
STRENGTH
(POUNDS)
MAXIMUM
WORKING
LOAD
5:1
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER
100 FT.
38
20,000
18,000
4,000
3.5
716
25,700
23,130
5,140
4.6
12
37,400
33,660
7,480
6.2
916
45,000
40,500
9,000
7.5
58
53,000
47,700
10,600
9.5
34
75,000
67,500
15,000
13.5
78
98,000
88,200
19,600
19.6
120,000
108,000
24,000
23.4
1-18
148,000
133,200
29,600
31.9
1-14
172,000
154,800
34,400
37.9
1-516
184,000
165,600
38,800
43.8
1-12
230,000
207,000
46,000
57.0
1-58
285,000
256,500
57,000
65.3
1-34
330,000
297,000
66,600
77.9
390,000
351,000
78,000
91.5
Elastic Elongation
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling

operations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10%
of lines rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and would
void normal working-load recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for
guidelines for working loads and safe use of rope. Ultrex is to Yale Cordage
Specification #YCI-UX-006.
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Ultrex is 0.5
milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when tested in accordance with
Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed
and entrained moisture or impurities will increase a ropes
100
Load Restraints
WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

M E C H A N I C A L A D VA N TA G E
Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1
Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1
Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder results
in the following force on the binder.
LEVER TYPE:
2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force
R AT C H E T T Y P E :
INSTRUCTIONS LEVER TYPE

LOAD BINDERS
Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it while
standing on the ground. Position load binder so its
handle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (see
photo). Be aware of ice, snow, rain, oil, etc. that can
affect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure.
The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommends
AGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe). If
sufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the lever
type load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder should be
used.
If the above recommendation is disregarded and a
cheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and
must slide down the handle until the handle projections
are contacted. The pipe should be secured to the handle,
for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off the
handle if you lose control and let go. The increased
leverage, by using a cheater pipe, can cause
deformation and failure of the chain and load binder.
During and after tightening chain, check load binder
handle position. Be sure it is in the locked position and
that its bottom side touches the chain link.
Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during
transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper
position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the loose
end of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tie
handle to chain with soft wire.
When releasing load binder, remember there is a great
deal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause the
load binder handle to move very quickly with great force
when it is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It may
whip Keep body clear.
I N S T R U C T I O N S R AT C H E T L O A D
BINDERS
Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the
ground.
Make sure your footing is secure.
L OA D R E S T R A I N T S
5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force
Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release

handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and
stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward.
If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand
under the handle and push upward. Do not close your
hand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of the
path of the moving handle.
MAINTENANCE OF ALL LOAD

BINDERS
Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,
nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present Do
not use load binder.
Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever
Binders, and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet
Binders to extend product life and reduce friction wear.
WARNING
Failure to use this load binder properly may result in
serious injury or even death to you or others.
Do no operate load binder while standing on the load.
Move handle with caution. It may whip Keep body
clear.
Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.
You must be familiar with state and federal regulations
regarding size and number of chain systems required for
securing loads on trucks.
Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as
yourself when using load binder.
While under tension, load binder must not bear against
an object, as this will cause side load.
Do not throw these instructions away. Keep them close
at hand and share them with any others who use this
load binder.
101
Load Restraints Load Binders
STANDARD LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDER

Extra heavy construction at leverage point to prevent spreading. Heel of binder toggles away from load, permitting easy release.
Ball and socket swivel joints at hook assemblies permit a straight line pull.
Meets or exceeds DOT and CVSA Cargo Securement Tie-Down Guidelines, Nov. 2003.
L-150
MIN-MAX
CHAIN
MODEL
STD. SIZE
(INCHES) PKG. (INCHES)
WORKING
MIN
LOAD
PROOF ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE
LIMIT
LOAD STRENGTH EACH
LENGTH TAKE UP
(LBS)*
(LBS) (LBS)
(LBS)
(INCHES) (INCHES) A
7-1
5/16 - 3/8
5,400
10,800 19,000
7.02
16.00
4.50
24.13 22.13 17.88 16.00 10.38 10.38 .50
A-1
3/8 - 1/2
9,200
18,400 33,000
12.47
18.69
4.50
28.75 25.75 21.25 18.69 12.31 12.38 .63
C-1
1/2 - 5/8
13,000
26,000 46,000
19.68
21.00
4.75
31.25 29.75 25.00 21.00 14.63 13.75 .72
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
B
WARNING: Failure to read,

understand and follow the use and
inspection instructions could result
in severe personal injury or death.
Do not exceed rated capacities.
STANDARD RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER

Upgraded for use with Grades 70, 80, and 100 Chain.
New design one piece forged handle.
Continuous take-up feature provides finite adjustment
to tie down load.
All load bearing or holding parts forged.
Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.

One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.
Ratchet spring rust proofed.
Easy operating positive ratchet.
L-140
MIN-MAX
CHAIN
MODEL
SIZE
(INCHES) (INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
PROOF WEIGHT HANDLE BARREL TAKE
LIMIT
LOAD EACH
LENGTH LENGTH UP
(LBS)*
(LBS) (LBS)
(INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) A
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
C
E
E1
F
F1
R-7**
5/16 - 3/8 8,800
17,600
11.23
14
10
8.0
14.00 1.38 2.75
22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
R-A**
5/16 - 3/8 8,800
17,600
11.23
14
10
8.0
14.00 1.38 2.75
22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
R-C***
5/16 - 3/8 8,800
17,600
11.23
14
10
8.0
14.00 1.38 2.75
22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
* Ultimate Load is 3 times the Working Load limit. ** Meets Grade 100 chain rating for both sizes. *** Meets Grade 100 chain rating for 1/2" size.
102
Load Restraints Load Binders
BINDER CHAINS
Binder chain assemblies are suitable for truckers, contractors, oil field and highway crews. Grab hook at each end for load
binding, hauling, towing and similar applications. Available in Grade 43, 70 and 80, and a variety of sizes and lengths.
THIS TYPE OF CHAIN IS NOT TO BE USED FOR OVERHEAD LIFTING
BINDING CHAIN ASSEMBLIES

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS.)
CHAIN SIZE
(INCHES)
STANDARD
LENGTHS (FT.)
GRADE 43
GRADE 70
GRADE 80
1/4
20
2,600
3,150
3,500
5/16
20
3,900
4,700
4,500
3/8
20
5,400
6,600
7,300
1/2
20
9,200
11,300
13,000
5/8
20
11,500
20,300
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death.
Do not exceed rated capacities.
103
Load Restraints
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES

1. Determine weight of the cargo to be secured,

including expected Gravity G forces.
2. Select tiedown having suitable characteristics
for the type of load and environment.
3. Tiedowns shall not be loaded in excess of the
Working Load Limit (WLL). Consideration should be
given to the angle from the vertical (cargo tiedown to
load angle) which affects working load capacity.
4. Tiedown shall be attached to provide control of the
load and positioned in accordance with applicable
regulations.
5. Tiedowns shall not be dragged on the floor,
ground, or over an abrasive surface.
6. Tiedowns shall not be tied into knots, or joined
by knotting.
7. Tiedowns shall be pulled from under loads when
the load is resting on the tiedown.
8. Tiedowns shall always be protected from being
cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or
abrasive surfaces.
9. Tiedowns with metal fittings shall not be dropped.
10. The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape
and size to ensure that the fitting will seat properly
in the anchorage point or other attachments. If the
anchor point is inadequate to support the force of the
tiedown system, then the load rating of the tiedown
will be limited to the strength of the anchor point.
11. Tiedowns shall not be used for lifting.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
1. Tiedowns should be stored in a dry and dark
place and should not be exposed to sunlight when
not in use.
2. Chemically active environments can affect the
strength of synthetic web tiedowns in varying degrees
ranging from little to total degradation. The tiedown
manufacturer should be consulted before tiedowns
are used or stored in chemically active environments.
Acids
Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from
little to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to some
acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little
to moderate with other acids. Each application shall be
a. Type of Acid
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
104
Alkalis
Polyester is subject to degradation by alkalis, ranging
from little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to some
alkalis, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little
to moderate with other alkalis. Each application shall be
a. Type of Alkali
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
3. Nylon and polyester webbing shall not be used at
temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees
C). Both types are routinely used at temperatures as
low as -40 degrees F (-40 degrees C).
4. Tiedowns incorporating aluminum fittings shall
not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or
liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.
5. Environments in which synthetic webbing tiedowns
are continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can
affect the strength of synthetic webbing tiedowns in
varying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation.
a. Factors which can determine the degree of strength
loss are:
1 Length of time of continuous exposure
2 Webbing construction and design
3 Other environmental factors such as weather
conditions and geographic location.
b. Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of
ultra-violet light.
1 Store webbing tiedowns in a cool, dry and dark place
when not being used for prolonged periods of time.
2 Inspect webbing tiedowns weekly or more often,
depending on frequency of use.
3 Impregnate a coating into the webbing.
c. Visual indications of possible ultra-violet degradation are:
1 Bleaching out of webbing.
2 Increased stiffness of webbing material.
3 Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact
with the load.
Caution: Degradation can take place without visible indications.
WARNING: Failure to comply with this warning may result in serious
load damage and personal injury or death. Inspect assembly before
each use. This tiedown assembly is not to be used for lifting. Webbing
should not be used if any signs of burning, melting cuts, fraying or
abrasion of fibers or alterations are present. Hardware strength will
be reduced if load path in area of hardware is not in straight line.
Use corner pads to protect webbing from sharp edges. Refer to
federal, state or provincial regulations for proper tiedown methods.
Load Restraints
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES

INSPECTION
R E PA I R O F T I E D O W N W E B B I N G
Type of Inspection
a. Initial Inspection Before any tiedown is placed in
service it shall be inspected to ensure that the
correct tiedown is being used as well as to determine
that the tiedown meets the requirements of the
application.
b. Frequent Inspection This inspection shall be made
by the person handling the tiedown each time it is
used.
c. Periodic Inspection. This inspection shall be
conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of
inspection shall be based on:
1. Frequency of use
3. Experience gained on the service life of tiedowns
used in similar applications.
4. Inspection should be conducted at least monthly.
No repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall be

permitted.
WARNING
Failure to comply with this warning may result in
serious load damage and personal injury or death.
Inspect assembly before each use.
This tiedown assembly is not to be used for lifting.
Webbing should not be used if any signs of burning,
melting cuts, fraying or abrasion of fibers or
alterations are present.
Hardware strength will be reduced if load path in
area of hardware is not in straight line.
Use corner pads to protect webbing from sharp
edges.
Refer to industry local, state, federal, or provincial
regulations for proper tiedown methods.
INSPECTION RECORDS
Tiedown inspection records shall be established by
the user.
TIEDOWN REPLACEMENT
A tiedown shall be removed from service if any of the
following are visible.
a. Acid or alkali burns.
b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of
the webbing.
c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles.
d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing stitch
patterns.
e. Excessive abrasive wear.
f. Knots in any part of the webbing.
g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or
broken fittings.
h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to
the strength of the tiedown.
105
Load Restraints Tiedown Assemblies
POLYESTER CARGO TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES

1 " W I D E R AT C H E T S T R A P
10 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and vinyl coated S hooks
Minimum Tensile Strength 1,200 lbs.
Working Load Limit 400 lbs.
2 " W I D E R AT C H E T S T R A P
27 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and flat hooks or wire

hooks
Working Load Limit 3,300 lbs.
3 " A N D 4 " W I D E R AT C H E T S T R A P
27 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and flat or wire hooks
WINCH STRAPS
TUFFY BRAND TOWING STRAPS

Tuffy Brand Towing Straps are manufactured from 2", 3"
and 4" 9,800 pound tensile Nylon webbing and 2" and 4"
5,000 pound tensile polyester webbing. (Ratings are minimum
tensile strengths per inch of width.)
WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do
not exceed rated capacities.
106
Load Restraints Flatbed Products
WELD-ON WINCHES
Weld-on winches are designed to be permanently welded into a fixed position.
From left: Standard Profile, Low Profile, and High Profile.
PORTABLE WINCH
Portable winches (with set screws) allow flexibility of placement along the trailer side channel.
CHROME WINCH BAR

All winch bars feature a knurled non-slip handle. Combination bars are modified for use in tightening chain binders.
107
Truck and SUV Tire Chains
LACLEDE 7MM AND 8 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

Hardened alloy cross and side chain.
Boomer hook outside fasteners.
Available in regular or cam side chain and in singles and dual triples.
TIRE CHAINS
Studded Cross Chain
Boomer Hook
Laclede Studded
Chain
LACLEDE 7 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

SINGLES
DUAL TRIPLES
TIRE SIZES
NON CAM CAM

WT./PR.
STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS.
NUMBER OF
CROSS CHAINS NON CAM CAM
WT./PR.
PER 1/2 PR.
NUMBER OF
CROSS CHAINS REPLACEMENT
PER 1/2 PR.
CROSS CHAIN
10.00-22, 11-24.5
7249R
14
28
7249CAM
52/55
7449R
7449CAM
95/96
7253
LACLEDE 8 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

SINGLES
108
DUAL TRIPLES
TIRE SIZES
NON CAM CAM

WT./PR.
NUMBER OF
CROSS CHAINS NON-CAM CAM
WT./PR.
PER 1/2 PR.
NUMBER OF
CROSS CHAINS REPLACEMENT
PER 1/2 PR.
CROSS CHAIN
10.00-22, 11-24.5
8249R
14
28
8249CAM
80/82
8449R
8449CAM
146/149
8253
LACLEDE SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

Twist link cross chain.
Recommended for highway use.
Available in regular or cam side chain.
TIRE CHAINS
Laclede Single
Truck Chains
Available with CAM

Side Chain
SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

TIRE SIZES
7.00-14LT
185-14
P205/75R14
195/75R14LT
205/60R17.5
28X8.50-14
H70-14ST
H78-14ST
27X8.50-14LT
H78-15ST
LR78-15
6.70-15LT
7.00-15LT
P215/75R15
195/75R15LT
7-17.5LT
9-14.5MH
215/75R14LT
H78-15LT
P225/75R15
P235/75R15
215/75R15LT
30X9.50-15
6.50-16LT
8.00-16.5
P225/70R16
P225/75R16
205R16
225/75R16LT
255/75R16LT
P235/60R17
P235/65R17
235/65R17
7.00-15TR
7.50-15LT
P275/60R15
235/75R15LT
245/70R15LT
245/75R15LT
7.00-16LT
8.75-16.5
215/80R16LT
215/85R16LT
235/75R16LT
245/70R16LT
255/65R16LT
8.75-16LT
P235/70R17
8-17.5
8.50-17.5
215/70R17.5
P235/50R18
P255/45R18
225/65R18
235/60R18
235/65R18
NR78-15
7.50-15TR
275/60R15LT
LR78-16
7.50-16LT
9.50-16.5
235/85R16LT
7.00-17LT
215/75R17.5
7.50-17
245/70R17LT
225/70R17.5
7.00-18
8-19.5
P245/65R15
P245/70R15
P255/70515
P265/70R15
P265/75R15
255/75R15LT
29X9.50-15
P235/70R16
P245/70R16
P245/75R16
P255/65R16
P255/70R16
P275/60R16
235/70R16LT
235/80R16
245/75R16LT
255/70R16LT
265/50R16LT
265/60R16LT
275/60R16LT
30X9.50-16LT
31X11.50
32X9-16LT
32X10.00-16LT
10-16.5LT
P235/75R17
P245/55R17
P245/65R17
P245/70R17
P255/55R17
P255/60R17
P255/65R17
P275/60R17
235/80R17
275/60R17
P255/55R18
255/55R18
255/60R18
235/55R19
245/55R19
NON CAM CAM TYPE WT./PR.

REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN

CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PAIR
2209R
N/A
20
6219
11
2211R
2211CAM
23
6219
13
2216R
2216CAM
23
6221
12
2219R
2219CAM
24
6221
13
2221R
2221CAM
25
6221
14
2214R
2214CAM
27
6221
15
2229R
2229CAM
24
6225
12
continued on next page
109
LACLEDE SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

continued from previous page
SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS
TIRE CHAINS
TIRE SIZES
8.25-15TR
P275/70R16
255/85R16LT
275/55R20
P275/60R20
7.50-18
265/70R19.5
6.50-20
7.00-20
9.00-15TR
9.00-16LT
9R17.5
10R17.5
7.50-20
8-22.5
235/80R22.5
10-15TR
11R17.5
8.25-20
9-22.5
245/75R22.5
9.00-20
10-22.5
255/80R22.5
10.00-20
11-22.5
275/80R22.5
295/75R22.5
305/70R22.5
285/75R24.5
10.00-22
11-24.5

2228R
2228CAM
28
6225
14
2233R
2233CAM
39
6251
11
255/70R22.5
2237R
2237CAM
41
6251
12
275/70R22.5
QR78-16
2239R
2239CAM
44
6251
13
265/75R22.5
2241R
2241CAM
48
6251
14
2245R
2245CAM
49
6251
15
2247R
2247CAM
50
6253
14
2249R
2249CAM
53
6253
15
275/80R24.5
11.00-15TR
11.00-20
12-22.5
12.5-22.5
295/80R22.5
2251R
2251CAM
63
6260
14
12.00-20
13/80R20
11.00-22
315/80R22.5
12-24.5
2255R
2255CAM
67
6263
14
13.00-20
14/80R20
365/80R20
12.00-24
2257R
N/A
75
6263
16
14.00-20
14.00R21
13.00-24
2271R
N/A
78
6266
16
2273R
N/A
87
6266
18
14.00-24
110
NON CAM CAM TYPE WT./PR.

LACLEDE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

Extra heavy-duty for off-road use.
Available in domestic or import.
TIRE CHAINS
Laclede Single Mud

Service Truck Chains
Laclede Dual-Triple Mud

Service Truck Chains
SINGLE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

TIRE SIZES
STOCK
NO.
WT./PR.
LBS.

7.00-15TR
7.50-15LT
7.50-15TR
9.00-15TR
235/75R15LT
7.00-16LT
8.75-16.5
215/85R16LT
225/75R16LT
235/70R16LT
245/70R16LT
8-17.5
215/70R17.5
2435
38
6526
NR78-15
P245/70R15
P255/70R15
255/65R15LT
265/75R15
P275/60R15
275/60R15LT
30X9.50-15LT
31X10.50-15
LR78-16LT
7.50-16LT
235/85R16LT
9.50-16.5
12-16.5
7.00-17LT
235/80R17
215/75R17.5
2437
41
6526
10
33X10.50-15
245/75R16LT
7.50-17
225/70R17.5
7.00-18
8-19.5
225/70R19.5
245/70R19.5
2439
43
6260
10
285/75R16
285/70R17
2440
48
6260
11
315/75R16
10.00-15TR
10-15LT
235/75R17.5
8.25-20
7.50-20
9-22.5
2441
65
6434
11
9.00-20
10-22.5
265/75R22.5
2445
71
6434
12
10.00-20
11-22.5
275/70R22.5
2448
81
6434
13
11.00-20
10.00-22
12-22.5
275/80R22.5
295/75R22.5
11-24.5
2452
83
6434
14
12.00-20
13/80R20
11.00-22
315/80R22.5
12-24.5
2486
90
6438
14
295/80R22.5
11.00-24
2470
99
6438
15
235/80R22.5
245/75R22.5
275/80R24.5
285/75R24.5
255/70R22.5
255/80R22.5
111
DUAL-TRIPLE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS
TIRE CHAINS
TIRE SIZES
112
STOCK
NO.
WT./PR.
LBS.

4412
66
6256
20
4435
120
6434
22
NR78-15
P245/70R15
P255/70R15
255/65R15LT
265/75R15
P275/60R15
275/60R15LT
30X9.5015LT
31X10.50-15
LR78-16LT
7.50-16LT
235/85R16LT
9.50-16.5
7.00-17LT
235/80R17
215/75R17.5
10.00-15TR
10-15LT
235/75R17.5
8.25-20
7.50-20
9-22.5
235/80R22.5
245/75R22.5
9.00-20
10-22.5
265/75R22.5
4437
130
6434
24
10.00-20
11-22.5
275/70R22.5
4448
138
6434
26
11.00-20
10.00-22
12-22.5
275/80R22.5
295/75R22.5
11-24.5
4461
151
6434
28
12.00-20
13/80R20
11.00-22
315/80R22.5
12-24.5
4486
175
6438
28
295/80R22.5
11.00-24
4470
187
6438
30
275/80R24.5
285/75R24.5
255/70R22.5
255/80R22.5
LACLEDE SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY TRUCK CHAINS
Square link alloy construction for increased durability and traction.

Reversible for extended use on both sides.
Well proven product, shorter pitch length design provides more traction than other square link products.
Ideal for off-road use.
7mm and 8mm are available in domestic or import.
TIRE CHAINS
LACLEDE 5.5MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY LIGHT TRUCK

CAM CHAINS
TIRE SIZES
TIRE CHAIN WT./PR.

STOCK NO. LBS.
REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAINS

STOCK NO.
P255/75R15
205R16
H78-15LT
P235/75R15
6.50-16LT
225/75R16LT
215/75R14LT
9-14.5MH
P235/65R17
215/75R15LT
8.00-16.5
2116CAM
27
9311
11
P235/70R16
P245/70R16
P245/75R16
P275/60R15
8.75-16.5
215/80R16LT
215/85R16LT
215/70R17.5
255/65R16
8.50-17.5
235/75R15LT
235/75R16LT
245/70R16LT
245/75R15LT
7.00-15TR
7.00-16LT
7.50-15LT
8-17.5
2119CAM
30
9311
12
P265/75R15
275/60R15LT
NR78-15
215/75R17.5LT 235/85R16LT
7.00-17LT
7.50-15TR
L78-16LT
9.50-16.5
245/75R16LT
7.50-16LT
2121CAM
32
9311
12
P245/70R15
P255/55R18
P255/70R15
255/55R15
235/70R16LT 255/75R15LT
30X9.50-16
32X9-16
32X10-16
30X9.50-15
235/75R17.5LT
10-16.5
29X9.50-15
P275/60R16
2129CAM
29
9311
13
10-15LT
KR78-15
8.25-15
255/70R16LT
265/70R15LT
245/85R16LT
265/75R15LT
31X10.5-15LT
3110CAM
31
9313
12
11-15LT
32X11.5-15LT
PR78-15
P275/60R17
265/75R16LT
12-16.5LT
34X9.50-15
34X9X16
265/70R17LT
225/70R19.5LT
10-17.5
PR78-16
32X11.5X16
P265/70R16
8.25-15TR
31X10.5-16.5
21X11.5-15LT
275/70R16LT
245/70R19.5LT
255/85R16LT
33X13.5-15
22X13.5-16
275/60R20
275/55R20
3127CAM
34
9313
13
12-15LT
33X12.50R16.5
305/85R16LT
33X14.5-15
11L16
33X14X15
325/60R18
35X12.5-17
285/75R16LT P315/70R15
36X13X16
31X13.50-15
315/75R-16LT 35X13.5-16
35X13.5-15
32X12.50R15
295/75R16
35X14.5-15
3129CAM
39
9315
14
31X11.5-16
P245/65R17
P255/60R17
113
LACLEDE SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY TRUCK CHAINS

LACLEDE 7MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK CHAINS
SINGLE
TIRE CHAINS
TIRE SIZES
7.00-15TR
8.50-17.5
235/75R16LT
7.50-15LT
235/75R15LT
215/70R17.5
7.50-15TR
245/75R16LT
7.00-16LT
245/70R15LT
245/70R17.5
DUAL-TRIPLE
NON
CAM
CAM
TYPE
STOCK STOCK
NO.
NO.
CAM
NUMBER NON
CAM
WT./
TYPE
OF
PR.
CROSS STOCK STOCK
NO.
(LBS.) CHAINS
NO.
NUMBER CROSS
WT./
OF
CHAIN
PR.
CROSS STOCK
(LBS.) CHAINS NO.
8.75-16.5
215/80R16
245/75R15LT
8-17.5
215/85R16LT
2119
N/A
37
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
9413
7.50-16LT
9.50-16.5
215/75R17.5LT L78-16LT
7.00-17LT
NR78-15
235/85R16LT
275/60R15LT
2121
N/A
41
10
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
9413
10.00-20
305/70R22.5
11-22.5
275/80R24.5
275/80R22.5
295/75R22.5
2147
2147LG 60
14
4147
4147LG 120
28
9413
10.00-22
11-24.5
2149
2149LG 64
15
4149
4149LG 127
30
9413
275/70R22.5
285/75R24.5
LACLEDE 8MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK CHAINS

SINGLE
NON
CAM
CAM
TYPE
STOCK STOCK
NO.
NO.
TIRE SIZES
114
10.00-20
305/70R22.5
11-22.5
275/80R24.5
10.00-22
11-24.5
275/70R22.5
285/75R24.5
275/80R22.5
295/75R22.5
DUAL-TRIPLE
CAM
NUMBER NON
CAM
WT./
TYPE
OF
PR.
CROSS STOCK STOCK
NO.
(LBS.) CHAINS
NO.
NUMBER CROSS
WT./
OF
CHAIN
PR.
CROSS STOCK
(LBS.) CHAINS NO.
2145HD
2145HDLG 75
13
4145HD
4145HDLG 136
26
9511
2149HD
2149HDLG 82
14
4149HD
4149HDLG 149
28
9513
Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains
LACLEDE GRADER AND EQUIPMENT CHAINS
Designed for plows, graders, and loaders.

Heavy duty twist link cross chain.
2600 series available in domestic or import.
2900 series with v-bar made in the U.S.A.
Laclede Reinforced Grader

and Equipment Chains
GRADER WT./PR. REPLACEMENT V-BAR GRADER WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN

LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PR.
STOCK NO.
STOCK NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN
TIRE SIZES
2612
110
6630
2912
118
6930
14
2615
125
6630
2915
145
6930
16
2624
157
6640
N/A
N/A
N/A
13
2627
181
6640
2917
170
6917
15
2633
198
6650
N/A
N/A
N/A
14
2636
211
6650
N/A
N/A
N/A
15
18.00-33
2642
245
6650
N/A
N/A
N/A
18
23.5-25
2645
328
6660
N/A
N/A
N/A
15
2657
419
6670
N/A
N/A
N/A
17
2672
513
6680
N/A
N/A
N/A
17
13.00-24
13.00-25
14.00-24
14.00-25
16.00-20
16.00-21
16.00-24
16.00-25
14.00-20
14.00-21
15.5-25
17.5-25
20.5-25
18.00-24
26.5-25
18.00-25
30.5R32
18.00-26
710/70R38
755/70R25
800/65R32
29.5-25
LACLEDE CANADIAN SPEC ROAD GRADER & EQUIPMENT CHAINS

SIDE CHAIN
TIRE
SIZES
STOCK
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
WT./PR.
LBS.
GAUGE
LKS.
CROSS CHAIN
IN.
STOCK
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
WT/CPCS
LBS.
PCS./PR
GAUGE
LKS.
INCHES
HOOK N0.
13.00x24 R13375S 7005001-02
130
9/0
.375
59
128
6630
R51385
7136630-88
298
28
9/0
.375
17
24.92
320
14.00x24 R14375S 7005015-02
128
9/0
.375
56
121.5
7425
R51730
7137425-25
311
26
9/0
.375
18
26.27
320
14.00x24 R14375D 7005315-02
208
9/0
.375
56
121.5
7425
R51730
7137425-25
311
52
9/0
.375
18
26.27
320
14.00x24 R14437S 7005020-02
170
11/0
.437
50
116.5
6640
R52465
7136640-88
445
24
11/0
.437
15
28.2
317
14.00x24 R14437D 7005320-02
278
11/0
.437
50
116.5
6640
R52465
7136640-88
445
48
11/0
.437
15
28.2
317
14.00x24 R14500S 7005025-02
214
11/0
.437
50
116.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
24
14/0
.531
14
29.0
317
14.00x24 R14500D 7005325-02
332
11/0
.437
50
116.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
44
14/0
.531
14
29.0
317
16.00x24 R15500S 7005030-02
248
11/0
.437
59
137.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
28
14/0
.531
14
29.0
317
16.00x24 R15500D 7005330-02
419
11/0
.437
59
137.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
56
14/0
.531
14
29.0
317
115
TIRE CHAINS
Laclede Grader and

Equipment Chains
Forged Wire Rope Clips
FORGED WIRE ROPE CLIPS

G - 4 5 0 C R O S B Y R E D U - B O LT C L I P
R I G G I N G H A R DWA R E
Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material

traceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.
Based on the catalog breaking strength of wire rope, Crosby
wire rope clips have an efficiency rating of 80% for 1/8" - 7/8"
sizes, and 90% for sizes 1" through 3-1/2".
Entire Clip-Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action
Sizes 1/8" through 2-1/2" have forged bases.
All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
Clip sizes up through 1-1/2" have rolled threads.
G-450
ROPE
STANDARD WEIGHT
DIAMETER PACKAGE PER 100
(INCHES) QTY.
(LBS.)
*1/8
100
.22
.72
.44
.47
.41
.38
.81
.94
*3/16
100
10
.25
.97
.56
.59
.50
.44
.94
1.16
1/4
100
19
.31
1.03
.50
.75
.66
.56
1.19
1.44
5/16
100
28
.38
1.38
.75
.88
.72
.69
1.31
1.69
3/8
100
48
.44
1.50
.75
1.00
.91
.75
1.63
1.94
7/16
50
78
.50
1.88
1.00
1.19
1.03
.88
1.81
2.28
1/2
50
80
.50
1.88
1.00
1.19
1.13
.88
1.91
2.28
9/16
50
109
.56
2.25
1.25
1.31
1.22
.94
2.06
2.50
5/8
50
110
.56
2.38
1.25
1.31
1.34
.94
2.06
2.50
3/4
25
142
.62
2.75
1.44
1.50
1.41
1.06
2.25
2.84
7/8
25
212
.75
3.12
1.62
1.75
1.59
1.25
2.44
3.16
10
252
.75
3.50
1.81
1.88
1.78
1.25
2.63
3.47
1-1/8
10
283
.75
3.88
2.00
2.00
1.91
1.25
2.81
3.59
1-1/4
10
438
.88
4.25
2.13
2.31
2.19
1.44
3.13
4.13
1-3/8
10
442
.88
4.63
2.31
2.38
2.31
1.44
3.13
4.19
1-1/2
10
544
.88
4.94
2.38
2.59
2.44
1.44
3.41
4.44
1-5/8
Bulk
704
1.00
5.31
2.62
2.75
2.66
1.63
3.63
4.75
1-3/4
Bulk
934
1.13
5.75
2.75
3.06
2.94
1.81
3.81
5.28
Bulk
1300
1.25
6.44
3.00
3.38
3.28
2.00
4.44
5.88
2-1/4
Bulk
1600
1.25
7.13
3.19
3.88
3.19
2.00
4.50
6.38
2-1/2
Bulk
1900
1.25
7.69
3.44
4.13
3.69
2.00
4.05
6.63
**2-3/4
Bulk
2300
1.25
8.31
3.56
4.38
4.88
2.00
5.00
6.88
Bulk
3100
1.50
9.19
3.88
4.75
4.69
2.38
5.88
7.63
**3-1/2
Bulk
4000
1.50
10.75
4.50
5.50
6.00
2.38
6.19
8.38
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
*Electroplated U-Bolt and Nuts **2-3/4" and 3-1/2" bases are made of cast steel.
116
Forged Wire Rope Clips
FORGED WIRE ROPE CLIPS

S S - 4 5 0 C R O S B Y S TA I N L E S S S T E E L
CLIPS
Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.
Available in sizes 1/8" through 5/8".
Entire Clip is made from 316 stainless steel to resist corrosive
and rusting action.
All components are Electro-polished.
All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
SS-450
ROPE
STANDARD WEIGHT
DIAMETER PACKAGE PER 100
(INCHES) QTY.
(LBS.)
1/8
Bulk
.22
.72
.44
.47
.41
.38
.81
.94
3/16
Bulk
10
.25
.97
.56
.59
.50
.44
.94
1.16
1/4
Bulk
20
.31
1.03
.50
.75
.66
.56
1.19
1.44
3/8
Bulk
47
.44
1.50
.75
1.00
.91
.75
1.63
1.94
1/2
Bulk
77
.50
1.88
1.00
1.19
1.13
.88
1.91
2.28
5/8
Bulk
106
.56
2.38
1.25
1.31
1.34
.94
2.06
2.50
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
117
Wedge Sockets
THE TERMINATOR WEDGE SOCKETS

S-421T WEDGE SOCKETS
Basket is cast steel.

Wedge socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 80% based on the
catalog strength of XXIP wire rope.
Individually magnetic particle inspected.
Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used in
conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets.
Secures the tail or dead end of the wire rope to the wedge, thus
eliminates loss or Punch out of the wedge.
Eliminates the need for an extra piece of wire rope, and is easily installed.
The TERMINATOR wedge eliminates the potential breaking off of the tail
due to fatigue.
The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the wedge, is left
undeformed and available for reuse.
Incorporates Crosbys patented QUIC-CHECK Go and No-Go feature
cast into the wedge. The proper size rope is determined when the
following criteria are met:
1. The wire rope should pass through the Go hole in the wedge.
2. The wire rope should NOT pass through the No-Go hole in the wedge.
Utilizes standard Crosby Red U-Bolt wire rope clip.
Standard S-421 wedge socket can be retrofitted with the new style
TERMINATOR wedge.
Available with Bolt, Nut, and Cotter Pin.
S-421T*
WEDGE
ONLY
WIRE
WEIGHT WEIGHT
ROPE
EACH
EACH
DIA.
(INCHES) (LBS.) (LBS.)
OPTIONAL
G-4082
BOLT, NUT
& COTTER
WEIGHT
EACH (LBS.)
3/8
3.18
.50
.38
1/2
6.15
1.05
.69
5/8
9.70
1.79
1.15
3/4
14.50
2.60
1.91
7/8
21.50
4.00
3.23
30.75
5.37
5.40
1-1/8
45.30
7.30
7.50
1-1/4
64.90
10.60
10.34
S-421T
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
J**
K**
L
P
WIRE ROPE
DIA. (INCHES) A
3/8
5.69
2.72
.81
.81
1.38
3.06
7.80
1.88
.88
1/2
6.88
3.47
1.00
1.00
1.62
3.76
8.91
1.26
5/8
8.25
4.30
1.25
1.19
2.12
4.47
10.75
1.99
3/4
9.88
5.12
1.50
1.38
2.44
5.28
12.36
7/8
11.25
5.85
1.75
1.63
2.69
6.16
12.81
6.32
2.00
2.00
2.94
6.96
1-1/8
14.38
6.92
2.25
2.25
3.31
1-1/4
16.34
8.73
2.62
2.50
3.56
1.56
.44
2.13
.44
1.25
1.38
1.06
1.94
.50
2.56
.53
1.75
1.88
1.22
2.25
.56
3.25
.69
2.00
2.19
2.41
1.40
2.63
.66
3.63
.78
2.34
2.56
14.37
2.48
1.67
3.13
.75
4.31
.88
2.69
2.94
16.29
3.04
2.00
3.75
.88
4.70
1.03
2.88
3.28
7.62
18.34
2.56
2.25
4.25
1.00
5.44
1.10
3.25
3.56
9.39
20.48
2.94
2.34
4.50
1.06
6.13
1.19
4.62
4.94
* S-421T TERMINATOR Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin and Wire Rope Clip.
** Nominal
NOTE: For intermediate wire rope sizes, use next larger size socket.
118
Spelter Sockets
GROOVED OPEN SPELTER SOCKETS

Forged Steel Sockets through 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" through 4".
Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are
based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
Note: Drawing
illustrates one
groove used on
sockets 1/4"
through 3/4".
Sizes 7/8" through
1-1/2" use 2
grooves. Sizes
1-5/8" and larger
use 3 grooves.
NOTICE: All cast

steel sockets
1-5/8" and larger
are magnetic
particle inspected
and ultrasonic
inspected. Proof
testing available
on special order.
G-416/S-416
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
STRUCTURAL
STRAND DIA.
(INCHES)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1/4
1.10
4.56
.91
.69
.38
.69
1.56
2.25
1.56
1.31
.36
5/16 3/8
1.30
4.84
.81
.81
.50
.81
1.69
2.25
1.75
1.50
.44
7/16 1/2
2.25
5.56
1.00
1.00
.56
.94
1.88
2.50
2.00
1.88
.50
9/16 5/8
1/2
3.60
6.75
1.25
1.19
.69
1.13
2.25
3.00
2.50
2.25
.56
3/4
9/16 5/8
5.83
7.94
1.50
1.38
.81
1.25
2.62
3.50
3.00
2.62
.62
7/8
11/16 3/4
9.65
9.25
1.75
1.63
.94
1.50
3.25
4.00
3.50
3.13
.80
13/16 7/8
15.50
10.56
2.00
2.00
1.13
1.75
3.75
4.50
4.00
3.75
.88
1-1/8
15/16 1
21.50
11.81
2.25
2.25
1.25
2.00
4.12
5.00
4.62
4.12
1.00
1-1/4 1-3/8
1-1/16 1-1/8
31.00
13.19
2.50
2.50
1.50
2.25
4.75
5.50
5.00
4.75
1.13
1-1/2
1-13/16 1-1/4
47.25
15.12
3.00
2.75
1.63
2.75
5.25
6.00
6.00
5.38
1.19
*1-5/8
1-5/16 1-3/8
55.00
16.25
3.00
3.00
1.75
3.00
5.50
6.50
6.50
5.75
1.31
*1-3/4 1-7/8 1-7/16 1-5/8
82.00
18.25
3.50
3.50
2.00
3.13
6.38
7.50
7.00
6.50
1.56
*2 2-1/8
1-11/16 1-3/4
129.00
21.50
4.00
3.75
2.25
3.75
7.38
8.50
9.00
7.00
1.81
*2-1/4 2-3/8 1-13/16 1-7/8
167.00
23.50
4.50
4.25
2.50
4.00
8.25
9.00
10.00
7.75
2.13
*2-1/2 2-5/8 1-15/16 2-1/8
252.00
25.50
5.00
4.75
2.88
4.50
9.25
9.75
10.75
8.50
2.38
*2-3/4 2-7/8 2-3/16 2-7/16
315.00
27.25
5.25
5.00
3.12
4.88
10.50
11.00
11.00
9.00
2.88
*3 3-1/8
2-1/2 2-5/8
380.00
29.00
5.75
5.25
3.38
5.25
11.12
12.00
11.25
9.50
3.00
*3-1/4 3-3/8 2-3/4 2-7/8
434.00
30.88
6.25
5.50
3.62
5.75
11.88
13.00
11.75
10.00
3.12
*3-1/2 3-5/8 3 3-1/8
563.00
33.25
6.75
6.00
3.88
6.50
12.38
14.00
12.50
10.75
3.25
*3-3/4 4
783.00
36.25
7.50
7.00
4.25
7.25
13.62
15.00
13.50
12.50
3.50
* Cast Alloy Steel
Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D,
Type A, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
119
Spelter Sockets
GROOVED CLOSED SPELTER SOCKETS

Forged Steel Sockets through 1-1/2, cast alloy steel 1-5/8 through 4.
Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are
based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
NOTICE: All cast

steel sockets
1-5/8 and larger
are magnetic
particle inspected
and ultrasonic
inspected. Proof
testing available
on special order.
Note: Drawing
illustrates one
groove used on
sockets 1/4
through 3/4.
Sizes 7/8 through
1-1/2 use 2
grooves. Sizes
1-5/8 and larger
use 3 grooves.
G-417/S-417
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)**
STRUCTURAL
STRAND DIA.
(INCHES)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
D*
1/4
.50
4.50
.50
1.50
.88
.38
.69
1.56
2.25
.50
1.75
5/16 - 3/8
.75
4.88
.62
1.69
.97
.50
.81
1.69
2.25
.69
2.00
7/16 - 1/2
1.50
5.44
.69
2.00
1.16
.56
.94
1.88
2.50
.88
2.25
9/16 - 5/8
1/2
2.50
6.31
.81
2.63
1.41
.69
1.12
2.38
3.00
1.00
2.50
3/4
9/16 - 5/8
4.25
7.56
1.06
3.00
1.66
.81
1.25
2.75
3.56
1.25
3.00
7/8
11/16 - 3/4
7.25
8.75
1.25
3.63
1.88
.94
1.50
3.25
4.00
1.50
3.50
13/16 - 7/8
10.50
9.88
1.38
4.13
2.30
1.13
1.75
3.75
4.44
1.75
4.00
1-1/8
15/16 - 1
14.25
11.00
1.50
4.50
2.56
1.25
2.00
4.13
5.00
2.00
4.50
1-1/4 1-3/8
1-1/16 1-1/8
19.75
12.12
1.63
5.30
2.81
1.50
2.25
4.75
5.50
2.25
5.00
1-1/2
1-3/16 1-1/4
29.20
13.94
1.94
5.33
3.19
1.63
2.75
5.25
6.00
2.50
6.00
**1-5/8
1-5/16 1-3/8
36.00
15.13
2.13
5.75
3.25
1.75
3.00
5.50
6.50
2.75
6.50
**1-3/4 1-7/8 1-7/16 1-5/8
57.25
17.25
2.19
6.75
3.75
2.00
3.13
6.38
7.50
3.00
7.56
**2 2-1/8
79.00
19.50
2.44
7.63
4.38
2.25
3.75
7.38
8.50
3.25
8.56
**2-1/4 2-3/8 1-13/16 1-7/8
105.00
21.13
2.63
8.50
5.00
2.50
4.00
8.25
9.00
3.63
9.50
**2-1/2 2-5/8 1-15/16 2-1/8
140.00
23.50
3.12
9.50
5.50
2.88
4.50
9.25
9.75
4.00
10.62
**2-3/4 2-7/8 2-3/16 2-7/16
220.00
25.38
3.12
10.75
6.25
3.12
4.88
10.19
11.00
4.88
11.25
**3 3-1/8
2-1/2 2-5/8
276.00
27.00
3.25
11.50
6.75
3.38
5.25
11.50
12.00
5.25
11.75
**3-1/4 3-3/8 2-3/4 2-7/8
313.00
29.25
4.00
12.25
7.25
3.62
5.75
12.25
13.00
5.75
12.25
**3-1/2 3-5/8 3 3-1/8
400.00
31.00
4.00
13.00
7.75
3.88
6.50
13.00
14.00
6.25
13.00
**3-3/4 4
542.00
33.25
4.25
14.25
8.50
4.25
7.25
14.25
15.00
7.00
14.00
1-11/16 1-3/4
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Diameter of pin must not exceed pin used on companion 416 socket. Reference D dimensions.
** Cast Alloy Steel
Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D, Type A,
except for those provisions required of the contractor.
120
Open Swage Sockets
S-501 OPEN SWAGE SOCKET

Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.
Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog
strength of wire rope.
Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions
in National Swaging Brochure).
Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to
the proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visual
difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created
allowing for a QUIC-CHECK and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging
operation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage
dimensions or proof loading.
Note: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL,
FC or IWRC wire rope.
In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*
S-501
S-501 OPEN SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS
ROPE
WEIGHT
SIZE
EACH
(INCHES)* (LBS.) A
BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS

B
PRESS/DIE DATA
MAX.
500
AFTER
1000
1500
SWAGE SOCKET 1500
3000
1500
3000
DIM.
DIE
TON
TON
TON
TON
(INCHES) DESC. 5X7
6X12
6X12
6X12
1/4
.52
4.81 .50
1.38 .69
.27
2.13 .69
4.00
.38
1.50 .46
1/4
1192845
5/16
1.12
6.25 .77
1.62 .81
.34
3.19 .81
5.31
.47
1.75 .71
5/163/8 1192863
3/8
1.30
6.25 .77
1.62 .81
.41
3.19 .81
5.31
.47
1.75 .71
5/163/8 1192863
7/16
2.08
7.81 .98
2.00 1.00 .48
4.25 1.00 6.69
.56
2.00 .91
7/161/2 1192881
1/2
2.08
7.81 .98
2.00 1.00 .55
4.25 1.00 6.69
.56
2.00 .91
7/161/2 1192881
9/16
4.67
9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .61
5.31 1.25 8.13
.68
2.25 1.16
9/165/8 1192907
5/8
4.51
9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .67
5.31 1.25 8.13
.68
2.25 1.16
9/165/8 1192907
3/4
7.97
11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38 .80
6.38 1.50 10.00 .78
2.75 1.42
3/4
1192925
7/8
11.52
13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62 .94
7.44 1.75 11.63 .94
3.25 1.55
7/8
1192949
17.80
15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 1.06 3.75 1.80
1192961
1-1/8
25.25
17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.19 4.25 2.05
1-1/8
1192989
1-1/4
35.56
19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.22 4.75 2.30
1-1/4
1193005
1-3/8
43.75
20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.38 5.25 2.56
1-3/8
1193023
1-1/2
58.50
22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.69 5.75 2.81
1-1/2
1193041 1191267 1195355 1195192
1-3/4
88.75
26.63 3.39 6.69 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 2.11 6.75 3.06
1-3/4
1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209
146.25
31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 2.37 8.00 3.56
1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218
* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 50% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.
121
Closed Swage Sockets
S-502 CLOSED SWAGE SOCKET

Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.
Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog
strength of wire rope.
Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions
in National Swaging Brochure).
Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to
the proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visual
difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created
allowing for a QUIC-CHECK and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging
operation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage
dimensions or proof loading.
Note: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL,
FC or IWRC wire rope.
In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*
S-502
S-502 CLOSED SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS
PRESS/DIE DATA
STOCK NO.
SIDE LOAD
ROPE
WEIGHT
SIZE
EACH
(INCHES)* (LBS.) A
MAX.
500
AFTER
1000
SWAGE SOCKET 1500
DIM.
TON
DIE
(INCHES) DESC.
5X7
1/4
.33
4.31
.50
1.38
.75
.27
2.12
.50
3.50
.46
1/4
5/16
.75
5.44
.77
1.62
.88
.34
3.19
.67
4.50
.71
3/8
.72
5.44
.77
1.62
.88
.41
3.19
.67
4.50
.71
7/16
1.42
6.91
.98
2.00
1.06 .48
4.25
.86
5.75
1/2
1.42
6.91
.98
2.00
1.06 .55
4.25
.86
5.75
9/16
2.92
8.66
1.25 2.38
1.25 .61
5.31
5/8
2.85
8.66
1.25 2.38
1.25 .67
5.31
3/4
5.00
10.28 1.55 2.88
1.44 .80
7/8
6.80
11.94 1.70 3.12
1.69 .94
10.40
13.56 1.98 3.63
1-1/8
14.82
15.03 2.25 4.00
2.31 1.19 9.56
1-1/4
21.57
1-3/8
1-1/2
1500
3000
TON
6X12
1500
TON
6X12
3000
TON
6X12
5/163/8 1192863
5/163/8 1192863
.91
7/16-1/2
1192881
.91
7/16-1/2
1192881
1.13 7.25
1.16
9/16-5/8
1192907
1.13 7.25
1.16
9/16-5/8
1192907
6.38
1.31 8.63
1.42
3/4
1192925
7.44
1.50 10.13 1.55
7/8
1192949
2.06 1.06 8.50
1.75 11.50 1.80
1192961
2.00 12.75 2.05
1-1/8
1192989
16.94 2.53 4.50
2.56 1.33 10.63 2.25 14.38 2.30
1-1/4
1193005
28.54
18.63 2.80 5.00
2.56 1.45 11.69 2.25 15.75 2.56
1-3/8
1193023
38.06
20.12 3.08 5.50
2.81 1.58 12.75 2.50 17.00 2.81
1-1/2
1193041
1191267
1193355
1195192
1-3/4
51.00
23.56 3.39 6.25
3.56 1.86 14.88 3.00 20.00 3.06
1-3/4
1193069
1191276
1195367
1195209
89.25
27.62 3.94 7.25
3.81 2.11 17.00 3.25 23.00 3.56
1193087
1191294
1195379
1195218
* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.
122
1192845
Round Pin Shackles
ROUND PIN SHACKLES
Round pin anchor shackles

meet the performance
requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type
IVA, Grade A, Class 1, except
for those provisions required
of the contractor.
Round Pin Shackles can be used in tiedown, towing,

suspension or lifting applications where the load is
strictly applied in-line.
G-213
Capacities 1/2 thru 35 metric tons.

Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.
Working Load Limit permanently shown on every
shackle.
Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.
Fatigue rated.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with
certificates to designated standards, such as ABS,
DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for
proof testing and certification available when
requested at the time of order.
Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can
meet DNV impact requirements of 42 joules at
-20 degrees C.
Look for the Red Pin the mark of genuine
Crosby quality.
S-213 ROUND PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES
WORKING
NOMINAL LOAD
WEIGHT
SIZE
LIMIT
EACH
(INCHES) (T)*
(LBS.) A
1/4
1/2
.13
.47
.31
1.13
.25
.78
.61
1.28
1.84
1.34
.25
.06
.06
5/16
3/4
.18
.53
.38
1.22
.31
.84
.75
1.47
2.09
1.59
.31
.06
.06
3/8
.29
.66
.44
1.44
.38
1.03
.91
1.78
2.49
1.86
.38
.13
.06
7/16
1-1/2
.38
.75
.50
1.69
.44
1.16
1.06
2.03
2.91
2.13
.44
.13
.06
1/2
.71
.81
.63
1.88
.50
1.31
1.19
2.31
3.28
2.38
.50
.13
.06
5/8
3-1/4
1.50
1.06
.75
2.38
.63
1.69
1.50
2.94
4.19
2.91
.69
.13
.06
3/4
4-3/4
2.32
1.25
.88
2.81
.75
2.00
1.81
3.50
4.97
3.44
.81
.25
.06
7/8
6-1/2
3.49
1.44
1.00
3.31
.88
2.28
2.09
4.03
5.83
3.81
.97
.25
.06
8-1/2
5.00
1.69
1.13
3.75
1.00
2.69
2.38
4.69
6.56
4.53
1.06
.25
.06
1-1/8
9-1/2
6.97
1.81
1.25
4.25
1.13
2.91
2.69
5.16
7.47
5.13
1.25
.25
.06
1-1/4
12
9.75
2.03
1.38
4.69
1.29
3.25
3.00
5.75
8.25
5.50
1.38
.25
.06
1-3/8
13-1/2
13.25
2.25
1.50
5.25
1.42
3.63
3.31
6.38
9.16
6.13
1.50
.25
.13
1-1/2
17
17.25
2.38
1.63
5.75
1.54
3.88
3.63
6.88
10.00
6.50
1.62
.25
.13
1-3/4
25
29.46
2.88
2.00
7.00
1.84
5.00
4.19
8.86
12.34
7.75
2.25
.25
.13
35
45.75
3.25
2.25
7.75
2.08
5.75
4.81
9.97
13.68
8.75
2.40
.25
.13
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
TOLERANCE
+/C
A
Round pin shackles are not suitable for side loading applications.
123
Screw Pin Shackles
SCREW PIN SHACKLES

Capacities 1/3 thru 55 metric tons.
Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.
Fatigue rated.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated
standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for
proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of
order.
Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can meet DNV impact
requirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C.
Look for the Red Pin the mark of genuine Crosby quality.
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the

performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A,
Class 1, except for those provisions required
of the contractor.
Screw Pin Shackles can be used in any application where a round pin
shackle is used. In addition, screw pin shackles can be used for
applications involving side-loading circumstances. Reduced working load
limits are required for side-loading applications. While in service, do not
allow the screw pin to be rotated by a live line, such as a choker
application.
S-209 SCREW PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES

WORKING WEIGHT
EACH
NOMINAL LOAD
SIZE (IN.) LIMIT* (T) (LBS.)
TOLERANCE
+/C
A
3/16
1/3
.06
.38
.25
.88
.19
.60
.56
.98
1.47
.16
1.12
.19
.06
.06
1/4
1/2
.10
.47
.31
1.13
.25
.78
.61
1.28
1.84
.19
1.38
.25
.06
.06
5/16
3/4
.19
.53
.38
1.22
.31
.84
.75
1.47
2.09
.22
1.66
.31
.06
.06
3/8
.31
.66
.44
1.44
.38
1.03
.91
1.78
2.49
.25
2.03
.38
.13
.06
7/16
1-1/2
.38
.75
.50
1.69
.44
1.16
1.06
2.03
2.91
.31
2.38
.44
.13
.06
1/2
.72
.81
.63
1.88
.50
1.31
1.19
2.31
3.28
.38
2.69
.50
.13
.06
5/8
3-1/4
1.37
1.06
.75
2.38
.63
1.69
1.50
2.94
4.19
.44
3.34
.69
.13
.06
3/4
4-3/4
2.35
1.25
.88
2.81
.75
2.00
1.81
3.50
4.97
.50
3.97
.81
.25
.06
7/8
6-1/2
3.62
1.44
1.00
3.31
.88
2.28
2.09
4.03
5.83
.50
4.50
.97
.25
.06
8-1/2
5.03
1.69
1.13
3.75
1.00
2.69
2.38
4.69
6.56
.56
5.07
1.06
.25
.06
1-1/8
9-1/2
7.41
1.81
1.25
4.25
1.16
2.91
2.69
5.16
7.47
.63
5.59
1.25
.25
.06
1-1/4
12
9.50
20.3
1.38
4.69
1.29
3.25
3.00
5.75
8.25
.69
6.16
1.38
.25
.06
1-3/8
13-1/2
13.53
2.25
1.50
5.25
1.42
3.63
3.31
6.38
9.16
.75
6.83
1.50
.25
.13
1-1/2
17
17.20
2.38
1.63
5.75
1.54
3.88
3.63
6.88
10.00
.81
7.35
1.62
.25
.13
1-3/4
25
27.78
2.88
2.00
7.00
1.84
5.00
4.19
8.86
12.34
1.00
9.08
2.25
.25
.13
35
45.00
3.25
2.25
7.75
2.08
5.75
4.81
9.97
13.68
1.22
10.34
2.40
.25
.13
2-1/2
55
85.75
4.13
2.75
10.50
2.71
7.25
5.69
12.87
17.84
1.38
13.00
3.13
.25
.25
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
124
Alloy Screw Pin Shackles
ALLOY SCREW PIN SHACKLES
Capacities 2 thru 21 metric tons.

Forged Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.
Hot Dip galvanized.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.
Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can meet DNV impact requirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C.
Screw Pin Shackles can be used in any application where a round pin shackle is used. In addition, screw pin shackles can
be used for applications involving side-loading circumstances. Reduced working load limits are required for side-loading
applications. While in service, do not allow the screw pin to be rotated by a live line, such as a choker application.
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the

Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.
G-209A ALLOY SCREW PIN SHACKLES

WORKING
NOMINAL LOAD
WEIGHT
SIZE
LIMIT*
EACH
(INCHES) (T)
(LBS.)
3/8
.31
.66
.44
1.44
.38
1.03
.91
1.78
2.49
.25
2.03
.38
.13
.06
7/16
2-2/3
.38
.75
.50
1.69
.44
1.16
1.06
2.03
2.91
.31
2.38
.44
.13
.06
1/2
3-1/3
.63
.81
.63
1.88
.50
1.31
1.19
2.31
3.28
.38
2.69
.50
.13
.06
5/8
1.38
1.06
.75
2.38
.63
1.69
1.50
2.94
4.19
.44
3.34
.69
.13
.06
3/4
2.25
1.25
.88
2.81
.75
2.00
1.81
3.50
4.97
.50
3.97
.81
.25
.06
7/8
9-1/2
3.61
1.44
1.00
3.31
.88
2.28
2.09
4.03
5.83
.50
4.50
.97
.25
.06
12-1/2
5.32
1.69
1.13
3.75
1.00
2.69
2.38
4.69
6.56
.56
5.07
1.06
.25
.06
1-1/8
15
7.25
1.81
1.25
4.25
1.16
2.91
2.69
5.16
7.47
.63
5.59
1.25
.25
.06
1-1/4
18
9.88
2.03
1.38
4.69
1.29
3.25
3.00
5.75
8.25
.69
6.16
1.38
.25
.06
1-3/8
21
13.25
2.25
1.50
5.25
1.42
3.63
3.31
6.38
9.16
.75
6.84
1.50
.25
.13
TOLERANCE
+/-
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit (metric tons) and 2.2 times the Working Load Limit (short tons).
Minimum Ultimate Strength is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for metric tons, and 5 times the Working Load Limit for short tons.
125
Bolt-Type Shackles
BOLT-TYPE SHACKLES
Bolt-type
anchor
shackles
(with thin
head bolt nut with
cotter pin)
meet the
performance
requirements
of Federal
Specification
RR-C-271D
Type IVA,
Grade A,
Class 3,
except for
those
provisions
required
of the
contractor.
Capacities 1/3 thru 150 tons.

Fatigue rated.
Shackles, 55 metric tons and smaller, can be furnished proof tested with
certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification.
Shackles, 85 metric tons and larger, can be provided as follows.
Non Destructive Tested
Serialized Pin and Bow
Material Certification (Chemical) Certification must be requested at time of order.
Bolt-Type Shackles can be used in any application where round pin or screw pin
shackles are used. In addition, they are recommended for permanent or long term
installations and where the load may slide on the shackle pin causing the pin to rotate.
G-2130
S - 2 1 3 0 B O LT T Y P E A N C H O R S H A C K L E S
NOMINAL
SHACKLE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(T)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
TOLERANCE
+/C
A
3/16
1/3
.06
.38
.25
.88
.19
.60
.56
1.47
.98
.19
.06
.06
1/4
1/2
.11
.47
.31
1.13
.25
.78
.61
1.84
1.28
.25
.06
.06
5/16
3/4
.22
.53
.38
1.22
.31
.84
.75
2.09
1.47
.31
.06
.06
3/8
.33
.66
.44
1.44
.38
1.03
.91
2.49
1.78
.38
.13
.06
7/16
1-1/2
.49
.75
.50
1.69
.44
1.16
1.06
2.91
2.03
.44
.13
.06
1/2
.79
.81
.64
1.88
.50
1.31
1.19
3.28
2.31
.50
.13
.06
5/8
3-1/4
1.68
1.06
.77
2.38
.63
1.69
1.50
4.19
2.94
.69
.13
.06
3/4
4-3/4
2.72
1.25
.89
2.81
.75
2.00
1.81
4.97
3.50
.81
.25
.06
7/8
6-1/2
3.95
1.44
1.02
3.31
.88
2.28
2.09
5.83
4.03
.97
.25
.06
8-1/2
5.66
1.69
1.15
3.75
1.00
2.69
2.38
6.56
4.69
1.06
.25
.06
1-1/8
9-1/2
8.27
1.81
1.25
4.25
1.13
2.91
2.69
7.47
5.16
1.25
.25
.06
1-1/4
12
11.71
2.03
1.40
4.69
1.29
3.25
3.00
8.25
5.75
1.38
.25
.06
1-3/8
13-1/2
15.83
2.25
1.53
5.25
1.42
3.63
3.31
9.16
6.38
1.50
.25
.13
1-1/2
17
20.80
2.38
1.66
5.75
1.53
3.88
3.63
10.00
6.88
1.62
.25
.13
1-3/4
25
33.91
2.88
2.04
7.00
1.84
5.00
4.19
12.34
8.80
2.25
.25
.13
35
52.25
3.25
2.30
7.75
2.08
5.75
4.81
13.68
10.15
2.40
.25
.13
2-1/2
55
98.25
4.13
2.80
10.50
2.71
7.25
5.69
17.90
12.75
3.13
.25
.25
85**
154.00
5.00
3.30
13.00
3.12
7.88
6.50
21.50
14.62
3.62
.25
.25
3-1/2
120**
265.00
5.25
3.76
14.63
3.62
9.00
8.00
24.88
17.02
4.38
.25
.25
150**
338.00
5.50
4.26
14.50
4.00
10.00
9.00
25.68
18.00
4.56
.25
.25
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
** Individually Proof Tested with certification.
Furnished in Anchor style only and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handles.
126
Bolt-Type Shackles
Bolt-Type Shackles can be used in any application where round pin or screw pin shackles are used. In addition, they are
recommended for permanent or long term installations and where the load may slide on the shackle pin causing the pin to rotate.
Bolt-type chain shackles (with thin hex head

bolt - nut with cotter pin) meet the
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A,
Class 3, except for those provisions required
of the contractor.
G-2150
S - 2 1 5 0 B O LT T Y P E C H A I N S H A C K L E S
NOMINAL
SHACKLE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(T)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
TOLERANCE
+/G
A
1/4
1/2
.13
.47
.31
.25
.62
.91
1.59
.97
1.56
.25
.06
.06
5/16
3/4
.23
.53
.38
.31
.75
1.07
1.91
1.15
1.82
.31
.06
.06
3/8
.33
.66
.44
.38
.92
1.28
2.31
1.42
2.17
.38
.13
.06
7/16
1-1/2
.49
.75
.50
.44
1.06
1.48
2.67
1.63
2.51
.44
.13
.06
1/2
.75
.81
.64
.50
1.18
1.66
3.03
1.81
2.80
.50
.13
.06
5/8
3-1/4
1.47
1.06
.77
.63
1.50
2.04
3.76
2.32
3.56
.63
.13
.06
3/4
4-3/4
2.52
1.25
.89
.75
1.81
2.40
4.53
2.75
4.15
.81
.25
.06
7/8
6-1/2
3.85
1.44
1.02
.88
2.10
2.86
5.33
3.20
4.82
.97
.25
.06
8-1/2
5.55
1.69
1.15
1.00
2.38
3.24
5.94
3.69
5.39
1.00
.25
.06
1-1/8
9-1/2
7.60
1.81
1.25
1.13
2.68
3.61
6.78
4.07
5.90
1.25
.25
.06
1-1/4
12
10.81
2.03
1.40
1.25
3.00
3.97
7.50
4.53
6.69
1.38
.25
.06
1-3/8
13-1/2
13.75
2.25
1.53
1.38
3.31
4.43
8.28
5.01
7.21
1.50
.25
.13
1-1/2
17
18.50
2.38
1.66
1.50
3.62
4.87
9.05
5.38
7.73
1.62
.25
.13
1-3/4
25
31.40
2.88
2.04
1.75
4.19
5.82
10.97
6.38
9.33
2.12
.25
.13
35
46.75
3.25
2.30
2.10
5.00
6.82
12.74
7.25
10.41
2.36
.25
.13
2-1/2
55
85.00
4.12
2.80
2.63
5.68
8.07
14.85
9.38
13.58
2.63
.25
.25
85**
124.25
5.00
3.25
3.00
6.50
8.56
16.87
11.00
15.13
3.50
.25
.25
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
** Individually Proof Tested with certification.
127
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles
ALLOY BOLT-TYPE SHACKLES

G / S 2 1 4 0 B O LT- T Y P E A N C H O R S H A C K L E
Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every shackle.
Alloy bows Alloy bolts.
Quenched and Tempered.
All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.2 times the Working Load Limit.
Shackles 200 metric tons and larger are provided as follows.
Non-destructive Tested
Serialized Pin and Bow
Material Certification (Chemical)
Magnetic Particle Inspected
Forged Alloy Steel 30 thru 175 metric tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 thru 400
metric tons.
Pins are galvanized and painted red.
Certification must be requested at time of order.
All 2140 shackles 110 tons and larger are

magnetic particle inspected. Certification
available on special request.
G-2140 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C271D, Type IV A, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.
G-2140
S - 2 1 4 0 B O LT- T Y P E A N C H O R S H A C K L E S
NOMINAL
SHACKLE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
EACH
(T)*
(LBS.)
A
TOLERANCE
+/A
E
1-1/2
30
20.8
2.38
3.63
1.62
1.66
5.75
1.39
6.88
7.73
10.00
3.88
1.53
.13
.25
1-3/4
40
33.9
2.88
4.19
2.25
2.04
7.00
1.75
8.80
9.33
12.34
5.00
1.84
.13
.25
55
52.0
3.25
4.81
2.40
2.30
7.75
2.00
10.15
10.41
13.68
5.75
2.08
.13
.25
2-1/2
85
96.0
4.12
5.81
3.12
2.71
10.50
2.62
12.75
13.58
17.70
7.25
2.71
.25
.25
120
178.0
5.00
6.50
3.62
3.30
13.00
3.00
14.62
15.13
21.50
7.88
3.12
.25
.25
3 -1/2
150
265.0
5.25
8.00
4.38
3.76
14.63
3.75
17.02
19.00
24.88
9.00
3.62
.25
.25
175
338.0
5.50
9.00
4.56
4.00
14.50
4.00
18.00
19.75
25.68
10.00
4.00
.25
.25
4-3/4**
200
450.0
7.25
10.50
6.00
4.75
15.69
3.75
21.00
20.59
29.25
11.00
4.50
.25
.25
5**
250
600.0
8.50
12.00
6.50
5.00
20.06
3.88
24.50
22.06
35.00
13.00
4.50
.25
.25
6**
300
775.0
8.38
12.00
6.75
6.00
19.56
6.43
25.00
24.44
35.25
13.00
5.00
.25
.25
7**
400
1102.0
8.25
14.00
7.25
7.00
22.56
6.50
26.00
28.06
40.25
13.00
6.00
.25
.25
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 400 metric tons.
For sizes 30 thru 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
**Cast Alloy Steel.
Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
128
COLD TUFF Shackles
COLD TUFF SHACKLES
Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy bolt.

G-2130CT Carbon Steel
G-2140CT Alloy Steel
Individually Serialized with Certification.
Fatigue rated (G-2130CT only).
All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.0 times the Working Load Limit.
Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer or Hot Dipped Galvanized.
Bow and Bolt are Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min.
ave. at -4F.
Individually Mag Inspected with certification.
Type Approval and certification in accordance with DNV Specification 2.7-1
Offshore Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances - Loose Gear.
COLDTUFF shackles are suitable for use at -50F.
G-2130CT
Bolt-type anchor shackle (with thin head bolt - nut with cotter pin) meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA,
Grade A, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
NOMINAL WORKING
TOLERANCE
SHACKLE LOAD
WEIGHT
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
+/SIZE
LIMIT
EACH
(INCHES) (TONS)*
(LBS.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
L
N
P
A
C
3/4
4-3/4
2.72
1.25
.88
2.81
.75
2.00
1.81
4.97
3.50
.81
4.25
.06
.25
7/8
6-1/2
3.87
1.44
1.00
3.31
.88
2.28
2.09
5.83
4.03
.97
4.71
.06
.25
8-1/2
5.66
1.69
1.13
3.75
1.03
2.69
2.38
6.56
4.69
1.06
5.38
.06
.25
1-1/8
9-1/2
8.26
1.81
1.25
4.25
1.13
2.91
2.69
7.47
5.16
1.25
5.90
.06
.25
1-1/4
12
11.71
2.03
1.38
4.69
1.29
3.25
3.00
8.25
5.75
1.38
6.63
.06
.25
1-3/8
13-1/2
15.1
2.25
1.50
5.25
1.38
3.63
3.31
9.16
6.38
1.50
7.21
.13
.25
1-1/2
17
20.8
2.38
1.63
5.75
1.54
3.88
3.63
10.00
6.88
1.62
7.66
.13
.25
1-3/4
25
33.9
2.88
2.00
7.00
1.84
5.00
4.19
12.34
8.86
2.25
9.19
.13
.25
* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. 4-3/4 tons - 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
200 tons and larger, Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
129
COLD TUFF Shackles
G-2140CT
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
NOMINAL
SHACKLE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
EACH
(TONS)*
(LBS.)
TOLERANCE
+/A
C
1-1/2
30
20.8
2.38
1.63
5.75
1.54
3.88
3.63
10.00
6.88
1.62
7.66
.13
.25
1-3/4
40
33.9
2.88
2.00
7.00
1.84
5.00
4.19
12.34
8.86
2.25
9.19
.13
.25
55
52.0
3.25
2.25
7.75
2.08
5.75
4.81
13.68
9.97
2.40
10.16
.13
.25
2-1/2
85
96.0
4.12
2.75
10.50
2.72
7.25
5.69
17.84
12.87
3.12
12.94
.25
.25
120
178.0
5.00
3.25
13.00
3.11
7.88
6.50
21.50
14.36
3.62
16.50
.25
.25
3-1/2
150
265.0
5.25
3.75
14.63
3.62
9.00
8.00
24.62
16.50
4.12
19.00
.25
.25
175
338.0
5.50
4.25
14.5
4.10
10.00
9.00
25.69
18.42
4.56
19.75
.25
.25
4-3/4
200
450.0
7.25
4.75
15.62
4.50
11.00
10.50
29.25
21.00
6.00
20.50
.25
.25
250
600.0
8.50
5.00
20.00
4.50
13.00
12.00
35.00
24.50
6.50
21.97
.25
.25
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. 4-3/4 tons - 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
200 tons and larger, Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
130
Wide Body Shackles
WIDE BODY SHACKLES
All sizes Quenched and Tempered for maximum strength.

Forged alloy steel from 30 through 300 metric tons.
Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.
Sizes 300 tons and smaller are proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.
Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times Working Load Limit.
All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow.
Bows and pins are furnished Dimetcoted. All Pins are Dimetcoded then painted red.
Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.
Can be used to connect HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Web Slings.
Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58% gain in sling bearing
surface and eliminates need for a thimble.
Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.
Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handles for easier use (300t and larger).
All 2160 shackles are individually proof tested and magnetic particle
inspected. Crosby certification available at time of order.
Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are available upon
special request and must be specified at time of order.
Shackles are produced in accordance with certified lifting appliance requirements.
Non-Destructive Testing
Serialization/Identification
Material Testing (Physical/Chemical/Charpy)
Proof Testing
G-2160 WIDE BODY SHACKLES

WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(TONS)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
B +/- .25
D +/- .02
30
25
7.73
2.37
1.38
1.63
3.50
2.50
7.00
3.13
2.50
8.50
11.38
40
35
9.32
2.88
1.75
2.00
4.00
1.75
8.13
3.75
3.00
10.62
13.62
55
71
10.41
3.25
2.00
2.27
4.63
2.00
9.42
4.50
3.50
12.26
15.63
75
99
14.37
4.13
2.12
2.75
5.00
2.55
11.60
4.75
3.64
12.28
18.41
125
161
16.51
5.12
2.56
3.15
5.71
3.15
14.43
5.91
4.33
14.96
22.65
200
500
20.67
5.91
3.35
4.12
7.28
4.33
18.98
8.07
5.41
19.49
29.82
300
811
24.20
7.38
4.00
5.25
9.25
5.47
23.69
10.38
6.31
23.38
37.26
400
1,041
30.06
8.66
5.16
6.30
11.81
6.30
22.71
12.60
7.28
27.17
38.78
500
1,378
32.99
9.84
5.59
7.09
12.52
6.69
24.88
13.38
8.86
31.10
42.71
600
1,833
35.39
10.83
6.04
7.87
13.78
7.28
27.64
14.56
9.74
34.06
47.24
700
2,446
38.91
11.81
6.59
8.46
14.80
7.87
29.04
15.74
10.63
37.01
50.17
800
3,016
43.50
12.80
7.19
9.06
15.75
8.27
29.62
16.54
10.92
38.39
52.09
900
3,436
43.60
13.78
7.78
9.84
16.93
8.66
30.02
17.32
11.51
40.35
54.04
1000
4,022
45.98
14.96
8.33
10.63
17.72
9.06
30.02
18.12
12.11
43.32
55.32
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.
131
Alloy Master Links
ALLOY MASTER LINKS

Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered.
Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit, unless otherwise
noted, with certification.
Proof tested with fixture sized to prevent localized point loading per ASTM A952.
Proof test certification shipped with each link.
Sizes from 1/2" to 2" are drop forged.
A-342 ALLOY MASTER LINKS

SIZE
A
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(TONS)*
PROOF
LOAD
(LBS.)**
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
DEFORMATION
INDICATOR
1/2
7,000
14,000
.82
2.50
5.00
3.00
5/8
9,000
18,000
1.52
3.00
6.00
3.50
3/4
12,300
28,400
2.07
2.75
5.50
3.50
7/8
15,000
30,000
3.50
3.75
6.38
4.50
24,360
48,700
4.85
3.50
7.00
4.50
1-1/4
36,200
72,400
9.57
4.38
8.75
5.50
1-1/2
54,300
113,200
16.22
5.25
10.50
6.50
1-3/4
84,900
169,800
25.22
6.00
12.00
7.50
102,600
205,200
37.04
7.00
14.00
9.00
2-1/4
143,100
289,200
54.10
8.00
16.00
2-1/2
160,000
320,000
67.75
8.00
16.00
2-3/4
216,900
433,800
87.70
9.50
16.00
228,000
456,000
115.00
9.00
18.00
3-1/4
262,200
524,400
145.00
10.00
20.00
3-1/2
279,000
558,000
200.00
12.00
24.00
3-3/4
336,000
672,000
198.00
10.00
20.00
373,000
746,000
228.00
10.00
20.00
4-1/4
354,000
708,000
302.00
12.00
24.00
4-1/2
360,000
720,000
345.00
14.00
28.00
4-3/4
389,000
778,000
436.00
14.00
28.00
395,000
790,000
516.00
15.00
30.00
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line
load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.
** Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A952(8.1) and ASME B30.9-1.4
for the chain size and number of legs.
Welded Master Link.
For use with chain slings.
132
Alloy Master Links
ALLOY MASTER LINKS

A - 3 4 5 M A S T E R L I N K A S S E M B LY
Individually proof tested at 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.
Proof Test certification shipped with each link.
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(TONS)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
ENGINEERED
FLAT FOR
DEFORMATION S-325A
INDICATOR
(IN.) - (MM)
3/4
12,300
2.60
2.75
5.50
.56
3.35
1.57
.30
3.50
1/4 - 5/16, 7-8mm
24,360
6.10
3.50
7.00
.69
3.94
2.36
.33
4.50
3/8, 10mm
1-1/4
36,200
13.20
4.38
8.75
.88
6.30
3.54
.53
5.50
1/2, 13mm
1-1/2
54,300
24.20
5.25
10.50
1.13
7.09
3.94
.65
6.50
5/8, 16mm
1-3/4
84,900
35.60
6.00
12.00
1.38
8.00
5.00
.73
7.50
3/4, 20mm
102,600
57.30
7.00
14.00
1.50
9.00
5.75
9.00
No Flat
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
A
SIZE
(INCHES)
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included
angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.
For use with chain slings.
133
COLD TUFF Fittings
COLD TUFF FITTINGS

Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.
Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer.
Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min. ave. at -4F.
Individually serialized and all certification shipped with each link.
Links are certified in accordance with DNV specification 2.7-1-Offshore
Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances Loose Gear.
COLD TUFF master links are suitable for use at -50F.
A-342CT MASTER LINKS

WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
SIZE
LIMIT
EACH
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.) A
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
B
DEFORMATION
INDICATOR
1-1/4
35,160
9.75
1.25
4.38
8.75
6.88
11.25
5.50
1-1/2
47,880
17.12
1.50
5.25
10.50
8.25
13.50
6.50
1-3/4
62,520
26.12
1.75
6.00
12.00
9.50
15.50
7.50
97,680
41.12
2.00
7.00
14.00
11.00
18.00
9.00
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
A - 3 4 5 C T M A S T E R L I N K A S S E M B LY

Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.
Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer.
Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min. ave. at -4F.
Individually serialized and all certification shipped with each link.
Links are certified in accordance with DNV specification 2.7-1-Offshore
Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances Loose Gear.
COLD TUFF master links are suitable for use at -50F.
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(TONS)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1-1/4
35,160
30.0
1.25
4.38
8.75
1-1/2
47,880
51.0
1.50
5.25
10.50
1-3/4
62,520
78.0
1.75
6.00
12.00
97,680
123.0
2.00
7.00
14.00
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
134
Pear Shaped Links
PEAR SHAPED LINKS
Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered

Individually Proof Tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with certification.
Proof Test certification shipped with each link.
Sizes 1/2", 5/8", 3/4", and 1" are drop forged.
A-341 ALLOY PEAR SHAPED LINKS

SIZE A
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS.)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1/2
7,000
.55
1.50
1.00
4.00
3.00
.50
5/8
9,000
1.10
1.88
1.25
5.00
3.75
.63
3/4
12,300
1.76
2.25
1.50
6.00
4.50
.75
7/8
14,000
2.82
2.63
1.75
7.00
5.25
.88
24,360
4.22
3.00
2.00
8.00
6.00
1.00
1-1/8
30,600
6.25
3.38
2.25
8.75
6.75
1.13
1-1/4
36,000
8.25
3.75
2.50
10.00
7.50
1.25
1-3/8
43,000
11.25
4.13
2.75
11.00
8.25
1.38
1-1/2
54,300
14.25
4.50
3.00
12.00
9.00
1.50
1-5/8
62,600
18.50
4.88
3.25
13.00
9.75
1.63
1-3/4
84,900
22.50
5.25
3.50
14.00
10.50
1.75
1-7/8
95,800
9.00
5.63
3.75
15.00
11.25
1.88
10,2600
34.00
6.00
4.00
16.00
12.00
2.00
2-1/4
143,100
48.00
6.75
4.50
18.00
13.50
2.25
2-1/2
147,300
66.00
7.50
5.00
20.00
15.00
2.50
2-3/4
216,900
88.00
8.25
5.50
22.00
16.50
2.75
228,000
114.00
9.00
6.00
24.00
18.00
3.00
3-1/4
262,200
146.00
9.75
6.50
26.00
19.50
3.25
3-1/2
279,000
181.00
10.50
7.00
28.00
21.00
3.50
373,000
271.00
12.00
8.00
32.00
24.00
4.00
* Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or
equal to 120. Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
Welded Link
135
Pear Shaped Links
G-341/S-341 WELDLESS SLING LINKS
Forged carbon steel Quenched and Tempered.

Self Colored or Hot Dip galvanized.
SIZE
A
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT WEIGHT
SINGLE PULL EACH
(LBS.)*
(LBS.)
3/8
1,800
.23
1.13
.75
3.00
2.25
.38
1/2
2,900
.55
1.50
1.00
4.00
3.00
.50
5/8
4,200
1.06
1.87
1.25
5.00
3.75
.63
3/4
6,000
1.88
2.25
1.50
6.00
4.50
.75
7/8
8,300
2.75
2.63
1.75
7.00
5.25
.88
10,800
4.35
3.00
2.00
8.00
6.00
1.00
1-1/4
16,750
7.60
4.00
2.50
10.25
7.50
1.25
1-3/8
20,500
11.30
4.13
2.75
11.00
8.25
1.38
* Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on
multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120F.
136
Swivels
S W I V E L S E Q U I P P E D W I T H TA P E R E D R O L L E R T H R U S T B E A R I N G
S-1
S-2
SWIVEL
WORKING
WIRE ROPE
WEIGHT
LOAD LIMIT*
(METRIC TONS)
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
SIZE
(INCHES)
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
EACH
(LBS.)
9.81
9.63
9.12
9.00
8.50
9.32
15.51
13.69
13.50
12.33
11.30
14.24
8-1/2 -S-1
8-1/2 -S-2
8-1/2 -S-3
8-1/2 -S-4
8-1/2 -S-5
8-1/2 -S-6
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
29.42
26.16
24.90
29.00
29.25
32.00
10 -S-1
10 -S-2
10 -S-3
10 -S-4
10 -S-5
10 -S-6
10
10
10
10
10
10
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
46.75
45.75
43.50
44.00
42.00
45.50
15 -S-1
15 -S-2
15 -S-3
15 -S-4
15 -S-5
15 -S-6
15
15
15
15
15
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
73.75
62.75
61.00
61.00
49.00
63.00
25 -S-1
25 -S-2
25 -S-3
25 -S-4
25 -S-5
25 -S-6
25
25
25
25
25
25
140.00
140.00
135.00
135.00
130.00
135.00
35 -S-1
35 -S-2
35 -S-3
35 -S-4
35 -S-5
35 -S-6
35
35
35
35
35
35
220.00
155.00
150.00
150.00
145.00
215.00
45 -S-1
45 -S-2
45 -S-3
45 -S-4
45 -S-5
45 -S-6
45
45
45
45
45
45
251.00
235.00
225.00
225.00
215.00
270.00
J AW & H O O K
J AW & J AW
S-3
S-4
J AW & E Y E
E Y E & J AW
S-5
S-6
EYE & EYE
EYE & HOOK
NUMBER
(TYPE)
3-S-1
3-S-2
3-S-3
3-S-4
3-S-5
3-S-6
5-S-1
5-S-2
5-S-3
5-S-4
5-S-5
5-S-6
* Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.

Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
137
Forged Swivels
FORGED SWIVELS
Hot dip Galvanized.

Quenched and Tempered.
Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and
temperature requirements. Importantly, products meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life,
impact properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
G-401 CHAIN SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type VII, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
SIZE
LIMIT*
EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.)
(LBS.) A
1/4
850
.13
1.25
.69
.75
.62
1.12
.25
.69
.31
2.25
1.69
1.25
5/16
1,250
.25
1.63
.81
1.00
.75
1.38
.31
.81
.38
2.72
2.06
1.47
3/8
2,250
.54
2.00
.94
1.25
1.00
1.75
.38
1.00
.50
3.44
2.50
1.88
1/2
3,600
1.12
2.50
1.31
1.50
1.25
2.25
.50
1.31
.63
4.25
3.19
2.44
5/8
5,200
2.09
3.00
1.56
1.75
1.50
2.75
.62
1.50
.75
5.13
3.88
2.94
3/4
7,200
3.09
3.50
1.75
2.00
1.75
3.25
.75
1.88
.88
5.78
4.94
3.46
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
138
Forged Swivels
G-402 REGULAR SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type
VII, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
SIZE
LIMIT*
EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.)
(LBS.)
A
1/4
850
.21
1.25
.69
.75
1.06
.69
.31
2.94
1.69
5/16
1,250
.39
1.63
.81
1.00
1.25
.81
.38
3.56
2.06
3/8
2,250
.71
2.00
.94
1.25
1.50
1.00
.50
4.31
2.50
1/2
3,600
1.32
2.50
1.31
1.50
2.00
1.31
.63
5.44
3.19
5/8
5,200
2.49
3.00
1.56
1.75
2.38
1.50
.75
6.56
3.88
3/4
7,200
4.02
3.50
1.75
2.00
2.64
1.88
.88
7.19
4.31
7/8
10,000
6.25
4.00
2.06
2.25
3.06
2.13
1.00
8.38
5.00
12,500
8.95
4.50
2.31
2.50
3.50
2.38
1.13
9.63
5.75
1-1/4
18,000
16.37
5.63
2.69
3.13
3.69
3.00
1.63
11.44 6.75
1-1/2
45,200
45.79
7.00
3.88
4.00
4.19
4.00
2.25
17.13 10.00
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
G-403 JAW END SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type VII, Class 3, except for those provisions
required of the contractor. (U.S. Patent 5,381,650 and other equivalents).
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(LBS.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1/4
850
.21
1.25
.69
.75
.69
.69
.47
1.03
.31
.88
.25
2.63
1.69
1.69
5/16
1,250
.34
1.63
.81
1.00
.81
.81
.50
1.13
.38
.88
.31
2.94
2.06
1.81
3/8
2,250
.66
2.00
.94
1.25
1.00
1.00
.63
1.41
.50
1.06
.38
3.63
2.50
2.25
1/2
3,600
1.34
2.50
1.31
1.50
1.31
1.31
.75
1.75
.63
1.31
.50
4.50
3.19
2.88
5/8
5,200
2.48
3.00
1.56
1.75
1.63
1.50
.94
2.06
.75
1.50
.63
5.31
3.88
3.44
3/4
7,200
3.88
3.50
1.75
2.00
1.88
1.88
1.13
2.53
.88
1.75
.75
6.06
4.31
4.00
7/8
10,000
5.87
4.00
2.06
2.25
2.13
2.13
1.19
2.75
1.00
2.06
.88
7.00
5.00
4.53
12,500
9.84
4.50
2.31
2.50
2.63
2.38
1.75
3.72
1.13
2.81
1.13
8.56
5.75
5.94
1-1/4
18,000
15.75
5.69
2.69
3.13
3.13
3.00
2.06
4.31
1.63
2.81
1.38
9.75
7.06
6.38
1-1/2
45,200
54.75
7.00
3.88
4.00
5.63
4.00
2.88
6.00
2.25
4.44
2.25
14.25
10.00
10.84
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
139
Hoist Hooks
HOOK HOISTS
S-320
EYE HOOKS
Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which
address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features:
Angle Indicators Indicates the maximum included angle
which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These
indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other
included angles between two sling legs.
Deformation Indicators Two strategically placed marks, one

just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which
allow for a QUIC-CHECK measurement to determine if the
throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.
S-320
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to

measure the distance between the marks. The marks should
align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring
device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook
should be inspected further for possible damage.
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
WORKING LOAD
LIMIT* (TONS)
CARBON ALLOY
3/4
4.42
1.47
3.34
2.83
1-1/2 5.07
1.75
3.81
1-1/2
5.64
2.13
6.39
2.41
7.90
5
7-1/2
DEFORMATION
INDICATOR
AA
1.25 .73
.81
.90
.63
.63
.89
2.00
.75
.87
1.50
3.11
1.38 .84
.94
.93
.71
.71
.91
2.24
.91
.98
2.00
4.14
3.53
1.50 1.00
1.16
1.00
.88
.88
1.00
2.50
1.13
1.03
2.00
4.69
3.97
1.63 1.13
1.32
1.13
.94
.94
1.09
2.82
1.25
1.16
2.00
2.94
5.77
4.81
2.00 1.44
1.63
1.47
1.31
1.31
1.36
3.51
1.56
1.53
2.50
10.09 3.81
7.37
6.27
2.50 1.81
2.06
1.75
1.66
1.66
1.61
4.52
2.00
1.96
3.00
11
12.43 4.66
9.07
7.45
3.00 2.25
2.63
2.29
1.88
1.63
2.08
5.40
2.44
2.47
4.00
10
15
13.94 5.38
10.08 8.30
3.25 2.59
2.94
2.50
2.19
1.94
2.27
6.00
2.84
2.62
4.00
15
22
17.09 6.63
12.53 10.30 4.25 3.00
3.50
3.30
2.69
2.38
3.02
6.93
3.50
2.83
5.00
20
30
19.47 7.00
14.06 13.62 5.00 3.62
4.62
4.00
3.00
3.25
8.78
3.50
3.44
6.50
25
37
24.81 8.50
18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56
5.00
4.25
3.62
3.00
11.38 4.50
3.88
7.00
30
45
27.44 9.31
20.12 15.44 6.00 5.06
5.50
4.75
3.72
3.38
12.63 4.94
4.75
8.00
40
60
32.31 10.75 23.72 18.50 7.00 6.00
6.50
5.75
4.44
4.12
14.81 5.69
5.69
10.00
New 320N Style Hook. S-320 Style Hook.

* NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4TC-22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC-60TA), Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All
Carbon hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton - average straightening
load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times
Working Load Limit. All Alloy shank hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks - average
straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit. New 320N Style Hook.
140
SHUR-LOC Hooks
SHUR-LOC HOOKS
SHUR-LOC HOOK SERIES WITH POSITIVE
L O C K I N G L AT C H
All SHUR-LOC have the following features:

Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.
The SHUR-LOC hook, if properly installed and locked, can be OSHA Rule
1926-550 (g) (4) (iv) (B).
Eye Style incorporates these added features:

certification.
Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain.
Designed with Engineered Flat to connect to S-1325 chain coupler.
25% stronger than Grade 80.
S-1316 EYE HOOK

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
(INCHES)
(MM)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(LBS.)
3,200
.85
.78
3.95
.79
2.60
.63
1.14
1/4 5/16
78
5,700
1.81
1.08
5.31
1.10
3.50
.81
1.48
3/8
10
8,800
3.24
1.30
6.57
1.17
4.39
.94
2.21
1/2
13
15,000
5.96
1.65
8.23
1.67
5.45
1.16
2.22
5/8
16
22,600
12.75
2.20
10.06
2.04
6.56
1.50
2.65
CHAIN SIZE
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
141
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks
SWIVEL HOOKS
SWIVEL HOOKS WITH BEARING
New anti-friction bearing design allows hook to rotate freely under load.
Capacities ranging from 2 through 15 metric tonnes.
Forged Quenched and Tempered.
Proper design, careful forging, and precision controlled quench and tempering
gives maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk.
Low profile hook tip designed to utilize S-4320 or PL-N latch kit. Simply
purchase the latch assemblies. Even years after purchase of the original hook,
latch assemblies can be added.
S-3322 hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two
(2) QUIC-CHECK features:
Suitable for frequent rotation under

load.
Angle Indicators Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed

between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the
opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.
Deformation Indicators Two strategically placed marks, one just below the
shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK
measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating
abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distance
between the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch
increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this
criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage.
See other swivel hooks designed to rotate under load. Use in corrosive
environment requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with ASME
B30.10-1.2.1(b)(2)(c) 2000.
S-3322 SWIVEL HOOKS WITH BEARING
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
EACH
(TONS)*
(LBS.)
A
AA
2.5
3.00
1.50
1.75
3.59
1.50
1.00
1.16
1.06
.88
7.64
.88
1.00
6.01
.63
2.00
3.8
3.50
1.56
2.00
4.00
1.62
1.13
1.31
1.19
.94
8.60
.94
1.09
6.72
.75
2.00
7.0
4.00
1.56
2.25
4.84
2.00
1.44
1.63
1.50
1.31
10.32 1.13
1.36
8.00
.88
2.50
14.0
5.00
1.94
2.75
6.27
2.50
1.81
2.06
1.78
1.66
12.84 1.44
1.61
9.90
1.13
3.00
11
22.3
5.62
2.05
3.12
7.54
3.00
2.25
2.63
2.41
1.88
15.24 1.63
2.08
11.74 1.25
4.00
15
37.8
7.12
3.62
4.10
8.33
3.25
2.59
2.94
2.62
2.19
18.64 1.94
2.27
14.41 1.50
4.00
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Proofload is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Designed with a 4.5 to 1 design factor.
142
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks
SHUR-LOC SWIVEL HOOKS

Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.
S-3326 Swivel Hook utilizes anti-friction bearing design which allows hook to
rotate freely under load.
The SHUR-LOC hook, if properly installed and locked, can be used for
personnel lifting applications and meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926-550 (g)
(4) (iv) (B).
Suitable for frequent rotation under

load.
S-3326 SHUR-LOC SWIVEL HOOKS
(INCHES) (MM)
GRADE A
ALLOY CHAIN
WLL* (LBS.)
4:1
A
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
2,500
1.50
1.03
7.44
.79
2.60
.67
.50
.63
1.13
1.50
1/4 5/16 7 8
4,500
1.75
1.50
9.25
1.10
3.50
.87
.63
.81
1.44
3.10
3/8
10
7,100
2.00
1.56
10.78
1.16
4.35
1.10
.75
.94
1.83
5.26
1/2
13
12,000
2.50
2.00
13.19
1.66
5.45
1.26
1.00
1.16
2.19
11.22
5/8
16
18,100
2.75
1.94
15.72
2.05
6.56
1.50
1.13
1.50
2.61
17.32
CHAIN SIZE
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit based on Grade 8 Chain.
143
Pipe Hooks
NEWCO
PIPE HOOKS
Newco Pipe Hooks are designed to ease the job of handling pipe. They speed up
loading or unloading of pipe sections, or the moving of pipe when placing pipe
into position for connecting or welding. For handling pipe with ease, select the
pipe hook best suited to your need from these six sizes. Federal stock number,
FSN-3940-909-3716.
No. 2 Equipped with soft brass inserts to prevent damaging thin wall gas or
oil pipe.
No. 3 Same as No. 2 with a longer throat opening. Has brass insert.
No. 4 A flame cut 3/4" steel plate hook adaptable for lifting jobs requiring a
wide throat opening.
No. 5 A wide bearing surface pipe hook with a scuff-resistant plastic insert
for protecting epoxy lined pipe.
No. 10 A versatile multi-purpose pipe hook for lighter lifting jobs.
No. 55 Same as No. 5 with a 8-1/2" wide bearing surface and plastic insert.
WARNING: The angle of each sling leg should be carefully checked with
each usage to prevent overloading.
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
No. 10
No. 55
ROPE
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(LBS.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
NUMBER
3/8 5/8
8,500
8-1/2
1-1/4
3-1/4
3/8 5/8
7,500
10-1/2
1-1/4
3-1/4
3/8
2,000
1-3/8
5-1/2
3/8 5/8
7,000
13
1-1/4
7/8
5-1/2
3/8 1/2
3,500
7-1/2
10
1-3/16
2-1/2
4-1/4
3/8 5/8
7,000
29
55
1-1/4
7/8
5-1/2
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Working Loads shown in table are based on slings using two pipe hooks.
All Newco Pipe Hooks are equipped with handles for ease of handling.
144
UNC Swivel Hoist Rings
SWIVEL HOIST RINGS

Top washer has the following features:
The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.
Washer is color coded for easy identification: Red UNC thread.
Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit.
Bolt specification if a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are UNC.
BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION: The size of the bolt will be stated as in the drawing below. Illustration shows meaning of
each dimension given.
HR-125
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
WORKING
FRAME LOAD
TORQUE BOLT
SIZE
IN
SIZE
LIMIT
NO.
FT. LBS. A
(LBS.)*
EFFECTIVE
THREAD
PROJECTION
LENGTH B
C
RADIUS DIAMETER
E
F
G
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
800
5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .58
2.72
.97
.46
.34
1.87
1.12
.37
1,000
12
3/8 - 16 x 1.50
.58
2.72
.97
.46
.34
1.87
1.05
.39
2,500
28
1/2 - 13 x 2.00
.70
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.29
2.33
2,500
28
1/2 - 13 x 2.50
1.20
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.29
2.36
4,000
60
5/8 - 11 x 2.00
.70
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.16
2.41
4,000
60
5/8 - 11 x 2.75
1.45
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.16
2.47
5,000
100
3/4 - 10 x 2.25
.95
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.04
2.52
5,000
100
3/4 - 10 x 2.75
1.45
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.04
2.59
7,000 **
100
3/4 - 10 x 2.75
.89
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.97
6.72
7,000 **
100
3/4 - 10 x 3.50
1.64
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.97
6.81
8,000
160
7/8 - 9 x 2.75
.89
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.84
6.84
8,000
160
7/8 - 9 x 3.50
1.64
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.84
6.96
10,000
230
1 - 8 x 3.00
1.14
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.72
7.09
10,000
230
1 - 8 x 4.00
2.14
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.72
7.31
15,000
470
1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.21
8.72
3.71
1.75
1.19
6.18
3.93
14.51
24,000
800
1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.97
12.42
4.71
2.39
1.75
8.48
5.64
37.73
30,000
1,100
2 - 4-1/2 x 6.50 2.97
12.42
4.71
2.39
1.75
8.48
5.14
40.69
50,000
2,100
2-1/2 - 4 x 8.0
4.00
16.88
5.75
3.00
2.25
11.67
8.03
88.00
75,000
4,300
3 - 4 x 10.5
5.20
19.50
7.25
3.76
2.75
14.16
8.50
165.00
100,000
6,600
3-1/2 - 4 x 13.0 7.00
22.09
7.75
4.00
3.25
15.91
9.28
240.00
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. ** Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000# Hoist Ring
when tested in 90 degree orientation.
Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While
the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces
only. Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.
145
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings
HR-125M METRIC THREADS
DIMENSIONS (MM)
WLL (KG.)
TORQUE
IN NM*
(B) EFFECTIVE
THREAD
PROJECTION
(A) BOLT SIZE LENGTH
C
500
10
M8x1.25x40
16.7
450
550
16
M10x1.50x40
1050
1300
38
1900
2400
2150
RADIUS
E
DIA.
F
WEIGHT
EACH
(KG.)
69.2
24.6
11.7
8.5
47.5
28.2
.17
16.7
69.2
24.6
11.7
8.5
47.5
26.2
.18
M12x1.75x50
16.9
123
49.8
22.1
17.5
85.1
58.9
1.05
81
M16x2.00x60
26.9
123
49.8
22.1
17.5
85.1
54.9
1.11
2700
136
M20x2.50x65
31.9
123
49.8
22.1
17.5
85.1
50.9
1.17
3000
3750
136
M20x2.50x75
27.8
167
75.2
34.5
25.4
124
74.4
3.09
4200
5250
312
M24x3.00x80
32.8
167
75.2
34.5
25.4
124
70.4
3.21
7000
8750
637
M30x3.50x120
61.7
222
94.2
44.5
30.5
157
101
6.53
11000
13750
1005
M36x4.00x150
60.3
316
120
60.7
44.5
215
145
16.81
12500
15600
1005
M42x4.50x160
70.3
316
120
60.7
44.5
215
139
17.39
13500
16900
1350
M48x5.00x160
70.3
316
120
60.7
44.5
215
133
18.03
AT A 5:1
DESIGN
FACTOR
AT A 4:1
DESIGN
FACTOR
400
* The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
Individually proof loaded to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit based on the 4:1 design factor.
Bolt specification is a Grade 12.9 Alloy socket head cap screw to Din 912. All threads are metric (ASME/ANSI B18.3.1m).
146
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings
HEAVY LIFT SWIVEL HOIST RINGS

Forged bail provides the following:
Easily readable Raised Lettering showing the name Crosby or CG and PIC Code for material traceability.
Greater durability providing the increased Toughness desired in potentially abusive field conditions.
Larger opening than standard Hoist Ring bail.
Top washer is color coded for easy identification (Red for UNC threads and Silver for Metric threads)
The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.
Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit.
BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION: The size of the bolt will be stated as in the drawing below. Illustration shows meaning of
each dimension given.
HR-1000 UNC THREADS

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
FRAME
SIZE
NO.
WORKING TORQUE
LOAD LIMIT IN
(LBS.)*
FT. LBS.
BOLT SIZE
A
800
1,000
EFFECTIVE
THREAD
PROJECTION
LENGTH B
DIAMETER
F
G
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
RADIUS
E
5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .58
2.72
.97
.46
.34
1.87
1.12
.37
12
3/8 - 16 x 1.50
.58
2.72
.97
.46
.34
1.87
1.05
.39
2,500
28
1/2 - 13 x 2.00
.70
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.29
2.33
2,500
28
1/2 - 13 x 2.50
1.20
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.29
2.36
4,000
60
5/8 - 11 x 2.00
.70
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.16
2.41
4,000
60
5/8 - 11 x 2.75
1.45
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.16
2.47
5,000
100
3/4 - 10 x 2.25
.95
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.04
2.52
5,000
100
3/4 - 10 x 2.75
1.45
4.85
1.96
.87
.69
3.35
2.04
2.59
7,000 **
100
3/4 - 10 x 2.75
.89
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.97
6.72
7,000 **
100
3/4 - 10 x 3.50
1.64
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.97
6.81
8,000
160
7/8 - 9 x 2.75
.89
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.84
6.84
8,000
160
7/8 - 9 x 3.50
1.64
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.84
6.96
10,000
230
1 - 8 x 3.00
1.14
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.72
7.09
10,000
230
1 - 8 x 4.00
2.14
6.57
2.96
1.36
.94
4.87
2.72
7.31
15,000
470
1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.21
8.72
3.71
1.75
1.19
6.18
3.93
14.51
24,000
800
1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.97
12.42
4.71
2.39
1.75
8.48
5.64
37.73

** Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000# Hoist Ring when tested in 90 degree orientation.
Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be
used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.
Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.
147
Forged Eye Bolts
FORGED EYE BOLTS
Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.

All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC).
Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.
Recommended for in-line pull.
Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility,
design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Meets other critical performance
requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability, not addressed
by ASME B30.26.
G - 2 9 1 R E G U L A R N U T E Y E B O LT S
SHANK
DIAMETER
& LENGTH
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
PER 100
(LBS.)*
(LBS.)
1/4 x 2
650
8.20
.25
.50
1.00
.25
1.50
2.00
3.06
.56
1/4 x 4
650
11.70
.25
.50
1.00
.25
2.50
4.00
5.06
.56
5/16 x 2-1/4 1,200
13.30
.31
.62
1.25
.31
1.50
2.25
3.56
.69
5/16 x 4-1/4 1,200
25.00
.31
.62
1.25
.31
2.50
4.25
5.56
.69
3/8 x 2-1/2 1,550
23.30
.38
.75
1.50
.38
1.50
2.50
4.12
.88
3/8 x 4-1/2 1,550
29.50
.38
.75
1.50
.38
2.50
4.50
6.12
.88
3/8 x 6
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
1,550
35.20
.38
.75
1.50
.38
2.50
6.00
7.62
.88
1/2 x 3-1/4 2,600
50.30
.50
1.00
2.00
.50
1.50
3.25
5.38
1.12
1/2 x 6
2,600
66.10
.50
1.00
2.00
.50
3.00
6.00
8.12
1.12
1/2 x 8
2,600
82.00
.50
1.00
2.00
.50
3.00
8.00
10.12
1.12
1/2 x 10
2,600
88.00
.50
1.00
2.00
.50
3.00
10.00
12.12
1.12
1/2 x 12
2,600
114.20
.50
1.00
2.00
.50
3.00
12.00
14.12
1.12
5/8 x 4
5,200
103.10
.62
1.25
2.50
.62
2.00
4.00
6.69
1.44
5/8 x 6
5,200
118.20
.62
1.25
2.50
.62
3.00
6.00
8.69
1.44
5/8 x 8
5,200
135.10
.62
1.25
2.50
.62
3.00
8.00
10.69
1.44
5/8 x 10
5,200
153.60
.62
1.25
2.50
.62
3.00
10.00
12.69
1.44
5/8 x 12
5,200
167.10
.62
1.25
2.50
.62
4.00
2.00
14.69
1.44
3/4 x 4-1/2 7,200
168.60
.75
1.50
3.00
.75
2.00
4.50
7.69
1.69
3/4 x 6
7,200
184.50
.75
1.50
3.00
.75
3.00
6.00
9.19
1.69
3/4 x 8
7,200
207.90
.75
1.50
3.00
.75
3.00
8.00
11.19
1.69
3/4 x 10
7,200
235.00
.75
1.50
3.00
.75
3.00
10.00
13.19
1.69
3/4 x 12
7,200
257.50
.75
1.50
3.00
.75
4.00
12.00
15.19
1.69
3/4 x 15
7,200
298.00
.75
1.50
3.00
.75
5.00
15.00
18.19
1.69
7/8 x 5
10,600
270.00
.88
1.75
3.50
.88
2.50
5.00
8.75
2.00
7/8 x 8
10,600
308.00
.88
1.75
3.50
.88
4.00
8.00
11.75
2.00
7/8 x 12
10,600
400.00
.88
1.75
3.50
.88
4.00
12.00
15.75
2.00
1x6
13,300
421.00
1.00
2.00
4.00
1.00
3.00
6.00
10.31
2.31
1x9
13,300
468.50
1.00
2.00
4.00
1.00
4.00
9.00
13.31
2.31
1 x 12
13,300
540.00
1.00
2.00
4.00
1.00
4.00
12.00
16.31
2.31
1 x 18
13,300
650.00
1.00
2.00
4.00
1.00
7.00
18.00
22.31
2.31
1-1/4 x 8
21,000
750.00
1.25
2.50
5.00
1.25
4.00
8.00
13.38
2.88
1-1/4 x 12
21,000
900.00
1.25
2.50
5.00
1.25
4.00
12.00
17.38
2.88
1-1/4 x 20
21,000
1,210.00
1.25
2.50
5.00
1.25
6.00
20.00
25.38
2.88
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Working Load Limit shown is for in-line pull.
Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
148
Forged Eye Bolts
G-277 SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTS
Forged Steel.
Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000
cycles.
All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC).
Working Load Limits shown are for in-line pull.
Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including
identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature
requirements. Meets other critical performance requirements
including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability,
not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts.
G - 2 7 7 S H O U L D E R N U T E Y E B O LT S
SHANK
DIAMETER
& LENGTH
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(LBS.)*
WEIGHT
PER 100
(LBS.)
1/4 x 2
650
6.60
.25
.50
.88
.19
1.50
2.00
2.94
.50
.47
1/4 x 4
650
9.10
.25
.50
.88
.19
2.50
4.00
4.94
.50
.47
5/16 x 2-1/4
1,200
12.50
.31
.62
1.12
.25
1.50
2.25
3.50
.69
.56
5/16 x 4-1/4
1,200
18.80
.31
.62
1.12
.25
2.50
4.25
5.50
.69
.56
3/8 x 2-1/2
1,550
21.40
.38
.75
1.38
.31
1.50
2.50
3.97
.78
.66
3/8 x 4-1/2
1,550
25.30
.38
.75
1.38
.31
2.50
4.50
5.97
.78
.66
1/2 x 3-1/4
2,600
42.60
.50
1.00
1.75
.38
1.50
3.25
5.12
1.00
.91
1/2 x 6
2,600
56.80
.50
1.00
1.75
.38
3.00
6.00
7.88
1.00
.91
5/8 x 4
5,200
68.60
.62
1.25
2.25
.50
2.00
4.00
6.44
1.31
1.12
5/8 x 6
5,200
102.40
.62
1.25
2.25
.50
3.00
6.00
8.44
1.31
1.12
3/4 x 4-1/2
7,200
144.50
.75
1.50
2.75
.62
2.00
4.50
7.44
1.56
1.38
3/4 x 6
7,200
167.50
.75
1.50
2.75
.62
3.00
6.00
8.94
1.56
1.38
7/8 x 5
10,600
225.00
.88
1.75
3.25
.75
2.50
5.00
8.46
1.84
1.56
1x6
13,300
366.30
1.00
2.00
3.75
.88
3.00
6.00
9.97
2.09
1.81
1x9
13,300
422.50
1.00
2.00
3.75
.88
4.00
9.00
12.97
2.09
1.81
1-1/4 x 8
21,000
650.00
1.25
2.50
4.50
1.00
4.00
8.00
12.72
2.47
2.28
1-1/4 x 12
21,000
795.00
1.25
2.50
4.50
1.00
4.00
12.00
16.72
2.47
2.28
1-1/2 x 15
24,000
1,425.00
1.50
3.00
5.50
1.25
6.00
15.00
20.75
3.00
2.75
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
149
Forged Machiner y Eye Bolts
S-279, M-279 FORGED EYE BOLTS
Forged Steel Quenched & Tempered.

Working Load Limits shown are for in-line pull.
Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000
cycles.
Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26
including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and
temperature requirements. Meets other critical performance
requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and
material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Recommended for in-line pull.
S-279 threaded UNC.
M-279 metric threaded.
S-279 UNC
SIZE
(INCHES)
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
PER 100 A**
(LBS.)*
THREAD
(LBS.)
1/4 x 1
650
5.00
1/4 20
1.02
1.13
.75
2.29
.19
.53
.70
5/16 x 1-1/8
1,200
9.00
5/16 18
1.15
1.38
.88
2.74
.25
.59
.90
3/8 x 1-1/4
1,550
15.00
3/8 16
1.27
1.62
1.00
3.07
.31
.69
1.00
1/2 x 1-1/2
2,600
28.00
1/2 13
1.53
1.95
1.19
3.70
.38
.91
1.20
5/8 x 1-3/4
5,200
55.00
5/8 11
1.79
2.38
1.38
4.45
.50
1.13
1.47
3/4 x 2
7,200
96.00
3/4 10
2.05
2.76
1.50
5.07
.63
1.38
1.64
7/8 x 2-1/4
10,600
154.00
7/8 9
2.31
3.25
1.75
5.87
.75
1.56
1.94
1 x 2-1/2
13,300
238.00
18
2.57
3.76
2.00
6.66
.88
1.81
2.21
1-1/4 x 3
21,000
399.00
1-1/4 7
3.09
4.50
2.50
7.95
1.00
2.28
2.61
1-1/2 x 3-1/2 24,000
720.00
1-1/2 6
3.60
5.50
3.00
9.49
1.25
2.75
3.14
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
M-279 METRIC
DIMENSIONS (MM)
SIZE
WORKING WEIGHT
LOAD LIMIT EACH
(KG.)*
(KG.)
A**
THREAD
M6 x 1.0
200
.03
M6 x 1.0
13.0
28.7
19.1
58.0
4.9
13.5
M8 x 1.25
400
.05
M8 x 1.25
13.0
35.1
22.4
59.7
6.4
15.0
M10 x 1.5
640
.08
M10 x 1.5
17.0
41.1
25.4
78.0
7.9
17.5
M12 x 1.75
1,000
.18
M12 x 1.75
20.5
49.5
30.2
94.0
9.7
23.1
M16 x 2.0
1,800
.40
M16 x 2.0
27.0
60.5
35.1
113
12.7
28.7
M20 x 2.5
2,500
.90
M20 x 2.5
30.0
70.0
38.1
129
16.0
35.1
M24 x 3.0
4,000
.95
M24 x 3.0
36.0
95.5
51.0
169
22.4
46.0
M30 x 3.5
6,000
1.6
M30 x 3.5
45.0
114
63.5
202
25.4
58.0
M36 x 4.0
8,500
2.7
M36 x 4.0
54.0
140
76.0
241
31.8
70.0
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
** On Request: Speacial threading, as forged bolts for customer conversion.
150
Tur nbuckles
CROSBY TURNBUCKLES
HG-225 Hook &

Eye
HG-226 Eye & Eye
HG-227 Jaw & Eye
HG-228 Jaw & Jaw
Meets the performance

Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 - Class
5, and ASTM F-1145,
except for those
provisions required of
the contractor.

6, and ASTM F-1145,
except for those
the contractor.

4, and ASTM F-1145,
except for those
the contractor.

8, and ASTM F-1145,
except for those
the contractor.

7, and ASTM F-1145,
except for those
the contractor.
Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye,
Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.
End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
Crosby's Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced
impact properties for greater toughness at all temperatures.
Hot Dip galvanized.
Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with
better fatigue properties.
Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC
threads.
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in
system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2 ", a
shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and
cotters on sizes 3/4" through 2-3/4".
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Typical hardness levels, Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all
sizes.
Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if
requested at time of order.
Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including
identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements.
Importantly, Crosby products meet other critical performance requirements including
fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
RIGGING HARDWARE
HG-223 Hook &

Hook
Modified thread: Note

stress relieving radii in this
unretouched photo
enlargement of the
supabuckle.
Standard thread: Note

stress building sharp V in
this unretouched photo
enlargement.
151
Tur nbuckles
HG-223 HOOK & HOOK TURNBUCKLES
RIGGING HARDWARE
Hot Dip galvanized steel.
Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with
better fatigue properties.
Crosby products meet or exceed all requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,
ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosby
products meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact
properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties.
Body has UNC threads.
Fatigue Rated.
HG-223 Hook & Hook

Specifications FF-T791b, Type
1, Form 1 - Class 5, and ASTM
F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the
contractor.
HG-223 HOOK & HOOK

THREAD
DIA. &
TAKE UP
(IN.)
HG-223
STOCK
NO.
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(LBS.)*
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
E
CLOSED
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
J
K
M
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN
N
CLOSED
BB
1/4 x 4
1030011
400
.30
.25
.45
1.59
1.27
11.12
7.12
11.94
7.94
4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2
1030039
700
.47
.31
.50
1.94
1.50
12.81
8.31
13.81
9.31
4.50
3/8 x 6
1030057
1,000
.78
.38
.56
2.30
1.77
16.50
10.50
17.72
11.72
6.00
1/2 x 6
1030075
1,500
1.60
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
18.82
11.82
20.38
13.38
6.00
1/2 x 12
1030119
1,500
2.28
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
30.82
17.82
32.38
19.38
12.00
5/8 x 6
1030137
2,250
2.75
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
20.50
13.25
22.50
15.25
6.00
5/8 x 12
1030173
2,250
3.50
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
32.50
19.25
34.50
21.25
12.00
3/4 x 6
1030191
3,000
3.89
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
22.38
14.88
24.78
17.28
6.00
3/4 x 12
1030235
3,000
5.43
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
34.38
20.88
36.78
23.28
12.00
3/4 x 18
1030253
3,000
8.12
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
46.38
26.88
48.78
29.28
18.00
7/8 x 12
1030271
4,000
8.10
.88
1.13 5.19
3.78
36.00
22.25
38.75
25.00
12.00
1 x 12
1030333
5,000
11.93
1.00
1.25 5.84
4.25
37.63
23.63
40.69
26.69
12.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is five times the Working Load Limit.
Mechanical Galvanized.
152
Tur nbuckles
HG-225 HOOK AND EYE TURNBUCKLES
RIGGING HARDWARE
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system
and minimize stress in the eye. For tunbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one
size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger
hook with better fatigue properties.
properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
Fatigue Rated.
HG-225 Hook & Eye
1, Form 1 - Class 6, and
ASTM F-1145, except for
those provisions required of
the contractor.
HG-225 HOOK & EYE

THREAD
DIA. &
TAKE UP
(IN.)
HG-225
STOCK
NO.
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT
EACH
A
(LBS.)*
(LBS.)
1/4 x 4
1030636 400
.29
5/16 x 4-1/2 1030654 700

3/8 x 6
1030672 1,000
1/2 x 6
DIMENSION (IN.)
J
K
M
N
R
OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
E
CLOSED
X
CLOSED
BB
.25
.45
1.59
1.27 11.46
7.46
12.09
8.09
.78
.34
1.75
4.00
.49
.31
.50
1.94
1.50 13.19
8.69
13.47
.78
.38
.56
2.30
1.77 16.98
10.98
17.94
9.47
.94
.44
2.09
4.50
11.94
1.12
.53
2.52
6.00
1030690 1,500
1.61
.50
.66
2.94
2.28 19.45
12.45
20.67
13.67
1.44
.72
3.23
6.00
1/2 x 12
1030734 1,500
2.26
.50
.66
2.94
2.28 31.45
5/8 x 6
1030752 2,250
2.70
.63
.90
3.69
2.81 21.96
18.45
32.67
19.67
1.44
.72
3.23
12.00
13.96
22.72
15.47
1.75
.88
3.90
6.00
5/8 x 12
1030798 2,250
3.78
.63
.90
3.69
2.81 33.21
19.96
34.72
21.47
1.75
.88
3.90
12.00
3/4 x 6
1030814 3,000
3.89
.75
.98
4.52
3.33 23.13
15.63
24.95
17.45
2.09
1.00 4.69
6.00
3/4 x 12
1030850 3,000
5.83
.75
3/4 x 18
1030878 3,000
6.33
.75
.98
4.52
3.33 35.13
21.63
36.95
23.45
2.09
1.00 4.69
12.00
.98
4.52
3.33 47.13
27.63
48.95
29.45
2.09
1.00 4.69
18.00
7/8 x 12
1030896 4,000
8.10
.88
1.13 5.19
3.78 36.53
22.78
38.66
24.91
2.38
1.25 5.10
12.00
1 x 12
1030958 5,000
11.93
1.00 1.25 5.84
4.25 38.80
24.80
41.20
27.20
3.00
1.44 6.36
12.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is five times the Working Load Limit.
153
Tur nbuckles
HG-226 EYE AND EYE TURNBUCKLES
RIGGING HARDWARE
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system
and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one
size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads.
properties and material
traceability, not addressed
by ASME B30.26.
TURNBUCKLES
RECOMMENDED FOR
STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE
PULL ONLY.
Fatigue Rated.
HG-226 Eye & Eye

contractor.
HG-226 EYE & EYE

THREAD
DIAMETER
& TAKE UP
(IN.)
STOCK
NO.
GALV.
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT *
(LBS.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
J
OPEN
K
CLOSED
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
M
N
R
OPEN
CLOSED
X
CLOSED
BB
1/4 x 4
1031252
500
.26
.25
11.80
7.80
12.25
8.25
.78
.34
1.75
4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2
1031270
800
.45
.31
13.56
9.06
14.12
9.62
.94
.44
2.09
4.50
3/8 x 6
1031298
1,200
.76
.38
17.47
11.47
18.16
12.16
1.12
.53
2.52
6.00
1/2 x 6
1031314
2,200
1.54
.50
20.08
13.08
20.96
13.96
1.44
.72
3.23
6.00
1/2 x 12
1031350
2,200
2.14
.50
32.08
19.08
32.96
19.96
1.44
.72
3.23
12.00
5/8 x 6
1031378
3,500
2.40
.63
21.93
14.68
22.93
15.68
1.75
.88
3.90
6.00
5/8 x 12
1031412
3,500
3.42
.63
33.93
20.68
34.93
21.68
1.75
.88
3.90
12.00
3/4 x 6
1031430
5,200
3.79
.75
23.88
16.38
25.12
17.62
2.09
1.00
4.69
6.00
3/4 x 12
1031476
5,200
5.48
.75
35.88
22.38
37.12
23.62
2.09
1.00
4.69
12.00
3/4 x 18
1031494
5,200
7.19
.75
47.88
28.38
49.12
29.62
2.09
1.00
4.69
18.00
7/8 x 12
1031519
7,200
7.22
.88
37.07
23.32
38.57
24.82
2.38
1.25
5.10
12.00
7/8 x 18
1031537
7,200
9.95
.88
49.07
29.32
50.57
30.82
2.38
1.25
5.10
18.00
1x6
1031555
10,000
9.04
1.00
27.97
19.97
29.72
21.72
3.00
1.44
6.36
6.00
1 x 12
1031573
10,000
11.50
1.00
39.97
25.97
41.97
27.72
3.00
1.44
6.36
12.00
1 x 18
1031591
10,000
14.00
1.00
51.97
31.97
53.72
33.72
3.00
1.44
6.36
18.00
1 x 24
1031617
10,000
17.25
1.00
63.97
37.97
65.72
39.72
3.00
1.44
6.36
24.00
1-1/4 x 12
1031635
15,200
19.00
1.25
42.81
28.31
45.06
30.56
3.56
1.81
7.72
12.00
1-1/4 x 18
1031653
15,200
23.00
1.25
54.81
34.31
57.06
36.56
3.56
1.81
7.72
18.00
1-1/4 x 24
1031671
15,200
27.00
1.25
66.81
40.31
69.06
42.56
3.56
1.81
7.72
24.00
1-1/2 x 12
1031699
21,400
27.50
1.50
45.50
30.50
48.00
33.00
4.06
2.12
8.62
12.00
1-1/2 x 18
1031715
21,400
31.00
1.50
57.50
36.50
60.00
39.00
4.06
2.12
8.62
18.00
1-1/2 x 24
1031733
21,400
37.50
1.50
69.50
42.50
72.00
45.00
4.06
2.12
8.62
24.00
1-3/4 x 18
1031779
28,000
52.50
1.75
57.38
39.38
60.38
42.38
4.62
2.38
10.00
18.00
1-3/4 x 24
1031797
28,000
58.00
1.75
69.38
45.38
72.38
48.38
4.62
2.38
10.00
24.00
2 x 24
1031813
37,000
85.25
2.00
75.69
51.69
79.19
55.19
5.75
2.69
13.09
24.00
2-1/2 x 24
1031831
60,000
144.25
2.50
78.62
54.62
82.62
58.62
6.50
3.12
13.78
24.00
2-3/4 x 24
1031859
75,000
194.00
2.75
81.00
57.00
85.50
61.50
7.00
3.25
15.22
24.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
154
Tur nbuckles
HG-227 JAW AND EYE TURNBUCKLES
H G - 2 2 7 J AW & E Y E
THREAD
DIA. &
TAKE UP
(IN.)
1/4 x 4
5/16 x 4-1/2
3/8 x 6
1/2 x 6
1/2 x 9
1/2 x 12
5/8 x 6
5/8 x 9
5/8 x 12
3/4 x 6
3/4 x 9
3/4 x 12
3/4 x 18
7/8 x 12
7/8 x 18
1x6
1 x 12
1 x 18
1 x 24
1-1/4 x 12
1-1/4 x 18
1-1/4 x 24
1-1/2 x 12
1-1/2 x 18
1-1/2 x 24
1-3/4 x 18
1-3/4 x 24
2 x 24
2-1/2 x 24
2-3/4 x 24
HG-227
STOCK
NO.
1031877
1031895
1031911
1031939
1031957
1031975
1031993
1032019
1032037
1032055
1032073
1032091
1032117
1032135
1032153
1032171
1032199
1032215
1032233
1032251
1032279
1032297
1032313
1032331
1032359
1032395
1032411
1032439
1032457
1032475
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(LBS.*)*
500
800
1,200
2,200
2,200
2,200
3,500
3,500
3,500
5,200
5,200
5,200
5,200
7,200
7,200
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
15,200
15,200
15,200
21,400
21,400
21,400
28,000
28,000
37,000
60,000
75,000
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
.30
.50
.80
1.51
1.71
2.08
2.35
3.17
3.61
4.00
4.75
5.93
7.00
8.36
9.75
8.92
11.20
13.30
17.00
19.42
24.18
28.50
28.99
35.00
39.18
53.75
60.68
89.00
150.00
183.00
.25
.31
.38
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.50
2.75
.45
.50
.54
.55
.55
.55
.82
.82
.82
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.23
1.23
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.86
1.86
1.86
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.60
2.60
2.62
3.06
3.68
E
CLOSED
1.58
1.98
2.12
2.75
2.75
2.75
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.85
4.85
5.53
5.53
5.53
5.53
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.88
7.88
7.88
9.40
9.40
11.86
13.56
15.22
G
.62
.87
.87
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
3.38
3.38
3.69
4.44
4.19
J
OPEN
11.35
13.71
16.81
19.29
25.29
31.29
20.99
26.99
32.99
22.69
28.69
34.69
46.69
36.09
48.09
26.34
38.34
50.34
62.34
41.32
53.32
65.32
43.50
55.50
67.50
55.38
67.38
72.62
75.80
77.88
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
K
M
N
CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
7.35
12.07 8.07
8.71
14.01 9.51
10.81
17.77 11.77
12.29
20.48 13.48
15.29
26.48 16.48
18.29
32.48 19.48
13.74
22.53 15.28
16.74
28.53 18.28
19.74
34.53 21.28
15.19
24.61 17.11
18.19
30.61 20.11
21.19
36.61 23.11
27.19
48.61 29.11
22.34
38.32 24.57
28.34
50.32 30.57
18.34
28.89 20.89
24.34
40.89 26.89
30.34
52.89 32.89
36.34
64.89 38.89
26.82
44.55 30.05
32.82
56.05 36.05
38.82
68.55 42.05
28.50
47.25 32.25
34.50
59.25 38.25
40.50
71.25 44.25
37.38
59.78 41.78
43.38
71.78 47.78
48.62
77.95 53.95
51.80
82.40 58.40
53.88
85.50 61.50
RIGGING HARDWARE
Turnbuckles eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in
system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckles size 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle
one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters
on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.
Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,
ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosby products
meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material
traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR
STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Fatigue Rated.
HG-227 Jaw & Eye

contractor.
.78
.94
1.12
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.09
2.09
2.09
2.09
2.38
2.38
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.56
3.56
3.56
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.62
4.62
5.75
6.50
7.00
.34
.44
.53
.72
.72
.72
.88
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.81
1.81
1.81
2.12
2.12
2.12
2.38
2.38
2.69
3.12
3.25
X
CLOSED
1.75
2.09
2.52
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.90
3.90
3.90
4.69
4.69
4.69
4.69
5.10
5.10
6.36
6.36
6.36
6.36
7.72
7.72
7.72
8.62
8.62
8.62
10.00
10.00
13.09
13.78
15.22
BB
4.00
4.50
6.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
18.00
12.00
18.00
6.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
18.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
155
Tur nbuckles
HG-228 JAW AND JAW TURNBUCKLES
RIGGING HARDWARE
Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters
on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.
Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including
identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly,
Crosby products meet other
critical performance
requirements including fatigue
life, impact properties and
material traceability, not
addressed by ASME B30.26.
Fatigue Rated.
HG-228 Jaw & Jaw

contractor.
H G - 2 2 8 J AW & J AW
THREAD
DIA. &
TAKE UP
(IN.)
1/4 x 4
5/16 x 4-1/2
3/8 x 6
1/2 x 6
1/2 x 9
1/2 x 12
5/8 x 6
5/8 x 9
5/8 x 12
3/4 x 6
3/4 x 9
3/4 x 12
3/4 x 18
7/8 x 12
7/8 x 18
1x6
1 x 12
1 x 18
1 x 24
1-1/4 x 12
1-1/4 x 18
1-1/4 x 24
1-1/2 x 12
1-1/2 x 18
1-1/2 x 24
1-3/4 x 18
1-3/4 x 24
2 x 24
2-1/2 x 24
2-3/4 x 24
HG-228
STOCK
NO.
1032493
1032518
1032536
1032554
1032572
1032590
1032616
1032634
1032652
1032670
1032698
1032714
1032732
1032750
1032778
1032796
1032812
1032830
1032858
1032876
1032894
1032910
1032938
1032956
1032974
1033018
1033036
1033054
1033072
1033090
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(LBS.)*
500
800
1,200
2,200
2,200
2,200
3,500
3,500
3,500
5,200
5,200
5,200
5,200
7,200
7,200
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
15,200
15,200
15,200
21,400
21,400
21,400
28,000
28,000
37,000
60,000
75,000
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
.36
.52
.81
1.56
1.74
2.40
2.72
3.43
3.91
4.11
5.46
6.56
8.03
8.17
10.78
10.18
13.14
15.14
18.08
20.59
24.68
28.20
30.69
36.75
41.60
54.00
63.36
94.25
165.00
198.00
.25
.31
.38
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.50
2.75
.45
.50
.54
.55
.55
.55
.82
.82
.82
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.23
1.23
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.86
1.86
1.86
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.60
2.60
2.62
3.06
3.68
E
CLOSED
1.58
1.98
2.12
2.75
2.75
2.75
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.85
4.85
5.53
5.53
5.53
5.53
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.88
7.88
7.88
9.40
9.40
11.86
13.56
15.22
G
.62
.87
.87
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
3.38
3.38
3.69
4.44
4.19
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
J
K
OPEN CLOSED
10.90
6.90
12.36
8.36
16.14
10.14
18.50
11.50
24.50
14.50
30.50
17.50
20.05
12.80
26.05
15.80
32.05
18.80
21.50
14.00
27.50
17.00
33.50
20.00
45.50
26.00
35.11
21.36
47.11
27.36
24.72
16.72
36.72
22.72
48.72
28.72
60.72
34.72
39.84
25.34
51.84
31.34
63.84
37.34
41.50
26.50
53.50
32.50
65.50
38.50
53.38
35.38
65.38
41.38
69.54
45.54
72.98
48.98
74.75
50.75
156
M
OPEN
11.90
13.90
17.38
20.00
26.00
32.00
22.13
28.13
34.13
24.10
30.10
36.10
48.10
38.07
50.07
28.06
40.06
52.06
64.06
44.04
56.04
68.04
46.50
58.50
70.50
59.18
71.18
76.72
82.18
85.50
N
CLOSED
7.90
9.40
11.38
13.00
16.00
19.00
14.88
17.88
20.88
16.60
19.60
22.60
28.60
24.32
30.32
20.06
26.06
32.06
38.06
29.54
35.54
41.54
31.50
37.50
43.50
41.18
47.18
52.72
58.18
61.50
BB
4.00
4.50
6.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
18.00
12.00
18.00
6.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
18.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
Snatch Blocks
MCKISSICK 418, 419, AND 404 SNATCH BLOCKS

NEW IMPROVED LIGHT
CHAMPION
419 With Shackle
404 Tail Board
SHEAVE
DIAMETER BEARING
(IN.)
CODE
STOCK NO.
418
419
404
WITH
WITH
TAIL
HOOK
SHACKLE BOARD
WORKING
WIRE
LOAD
ROPE
LIMIT
SIZE(IN) (T)*
WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)

418
419
404
WITH
WITH
TAIL
HOOK
SHACKLE BOARD
REP.
REP.
SHEAVE
LATCH
STOCK NO. STOCK NO.
** 3
BB
109091
5/16 - 3/8 2
2023196
** 3
BB
108038
109037
102016
5/16 - 3/8 2
2023196
1096421
**4-1/2
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
BB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
108065
108127
108154
108225
108252
108323
108350
169169
199911
108421
108458
194920
199948
108528
108546
199975
200008
108608
108626
200099
200151
108644
108662
109064
109126
109153
109224
109251
109322
109359
202961
169347
109420
109457
169356
167857
109527
109545
203041
203087
109607
109625
203130
203176
109643
109661
102025
102098
102114
102169
102187
102230
102258
178890
178934
102301
102329
3/8 - 1/2
12
27
27
33
33
41
41
48
48
48
48
55
55
55
55
130
130
130
130
150
150
150
150
12
28
28
34
34
42
42
49
49
49
49
56
56
56
56
135
135
135
135
155
155
155
155
7
15
15
21
21
29
29
36
36
36
36
2023183
2023137
2023143
2023153
2023163
2023174
2023181
2023227
2023248
2023235
2023236
2028377
2026445
2028378
2026444
2023694
2023702
2023690
2023698
2023718
2023728
2023709
2023720
1096468
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096562
1096609
1096609
1096609
1096609
1096609
1096609
1096609
1096609
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8
3/4
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
RIGGING HARDWARE
Forged alloy heat treated hooks.

Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and
shackles.
Hook and shackle assemblies on 4-1/2"
through 14" sizes can be interchanged.
Can be furnished with bronze bushings or
roller bearings.
Opening feature permits insertion of rope
while block is suspended from gin-pole.
3" thru 18" 418 and 419 blocks have
exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure
no lost bolts.
Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook
latch.
418 With Hook
Pressure lube fittings.
Fatigue rated.
3" - 10" feature dual-rated wireline
sheaves
4 1 8 , 4 1 9 , A N D 4 0 4 S N AT C H B L O C K S
* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. ** Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4-1/2" have self lubricating Bronze Bushing. Fitted with
1-1/4" I D Swivel Eye. May be furnished in other wire rope sizes. NOTE: When ordering, please specify: size, block number, hook or shackle, bronze
bushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.
157
Snatch Blocks

CHAMPION
RIGGING HARDWARE
Hooks and side plates are forged alloy steel and heat treated.
Shackles and yokes are forged and heat treated steel.
All parts are forged.
Side plates are designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming.
Can be furnished with bronze bushings or sealed roller bearings.
Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole.
Can be furnished with S-4320 hook latch.
Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged.
Blocks furnished with dual-rated wireline sheaves.
Fatigue Rated.
420 With Hook
421 With Shackle
SHEAVE
DIAMETER BEARING
(IN.)
CODE
STOCK NO.
420
421
406
WITH
WITH
TAIL
HOOK
SHACKLE BOARD
WIRE
ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT *
(METRIC
TONS)
WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)

420
421
406
WITH
WITH
TAIL
HOOK
SHACKLE BOARD
REP.
SHEAVE
STOCK
NO.
REP.
LATCH
STOCK
NO.
BB
169374
169481
167973
3/4 - 7/8
12
40
48
24
2023262
1096609
RB
169392
204120
167982
3/4 - 7/8
12
40
48
24
2023270
1096609
BB
169418
169515
167991
3/4 - 7/8
15
51
57
30
2023386
1096609
RB
169445
204193
168008
3/4 - 7/8
15
51
57
30
2023406
1096609
10
BB
110221
110720
103186
3/4 - 7/8
15
63
69
42
2023420
1096609
10
RB
110258
110757
103202
3/4 - 7/8
15
63
69
42
2023430
1096609

May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.
158
406 Tail Board
Snatch Blocks

SUPER CHAMPION
430 With Hook
431 With Shackle
RIGGING HARDWARE
Drop forged, heat treated swivel hook or

swivel shackle.
Hook and shackle assemblies on 8"
through 14" sizes can be interchanged.
Can be furnished with bronze bushings or
roller bearings.
8" through 10" 430 and 431 blocks have
exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure no
lost bolts.
Can be furnished with hook latch.
8" and 10" models furnished with dual
wireline sheaves.
Fatigue Rated.
407 Tail Board
SHEAVE
DIAMETER BEARING
(IN.)
CODE
STOCK NO.
430
431
WITH
WITH
HOOK
SHACKLE
407
TAIL
BOARD
WIRE
ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(T)*
WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)

430
431
407
WITH
WITH
TAIL
HOOK
SHACKLE BOARD
REP.
SHEAVE
STOCK
NO.
REP.
LATCH
STOCK
NO.
BB
120023
121022
103523
1 - 1-1/8
20
75
87
42
2023463
1096657
RB
120041
121040
103541
1 - 1-1/8
20
75
87
42
2023818
1096657
10
BB
120096
121095
103603
1 - 1-1/8
20
89
101
55
2026861
1096657
10
RB
120112
121111
103621
1 - 1-1/8
20
89
101
55
2023526
1096657
12
BB
208536
169917
184375
20
103
115
70
2023556
1096657
12
RB
208554
209303
184393
20
103
115
70
2023563
1096657
12
BB
120176
121175
103685
1 - 1-1/8
20
103
115
70
2023552
1096657
12
RB
120194
121193
103701
1 - 1-1/8
20
103
115
70
4104944
1096657
14
BB
208572
209321
184419
20
123
135
90
2023571
1096657
14
RB
208590
170424
184437
20
123
135
90
2023583
1096657
14
BB
1201256
121255
103765
1 - 1-1/8
20
123
135
90
2023565
1096657
14
RB
120274
121273
103783
1 - 1-1/8
20
123
135
90
2023579
1096657
18
BB
208689
209410
184552
25
240
260
165
2023609
1090143
18
RB
208732
209465
184605
25
240
260
165
2023623
1090143
18
BB
119482
119561
119641
1 - 1-1/8
25
240
260
165
2023603
1090143
18
RB
119491
119570
119650
1 - 1-1/8
25
240
260
165
2023611
1090143
20
BB
208750
209483
184623
1 - 1-1/8
30
375
400
215
2023630
1090189
20
RB
208787
169864
184650
1 - 1-1/8
30
375
400
215
2023621
1090189
20
BB
119507
119589
119669
1 - 1-1/4
30
375
400
215
2023626
1090189
20
RB
119516
119598
119678
1 - 1-1/4
30
375
400
215
2023636
1090189
24
BB
208812
209526
184687
1 - 1-1/8
30
450
475
290
2023648
1090189
24
RB
208858
209553
184721
1 - 1-1/8
30
450
475
290
2023661
1090189
24
BB
119525
119605
119687
1 - 1-1/4
30
450
475
290
2023644
1090189
24
RB
119534
119614
119696
1 - 1-1/4
30
450
475
290
2023659
1090189
*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.
159
Snatch Blocks
MCKISSICK SPECIAL APPLICATION BLOCKS

H AY F O R K P U L L E Y S W I T H S W I V E L
HOOK OR SWIVEL EYE
Forged steel eyes and hooks.

Available Painted or Zinc Plated.
One piece pressed steel shells.
Edges well rounded to prevent chaffing of rope.
Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.
Furnished with roller bearings.
RIGGING HARDWARE
HF-1
SHEAVE
DIAMETER
(IN.)
BLOCK
NO.
PAINTED
4-1/2
HF-1
170022
4-1/2
HF-2
4-1/2
HF-3
4-1/2
HF-2
ZINC PLATED
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(TONS)*
STANDARD
ROPE SIZE
(IN.)
END
FITTING
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
170594
1-1/4 MR
Swivel Hook
170086
170629
1-1/4 MR
Swivel Eye
170148
170656
1/2 WL
Swivel Hook
HF-4
170200
170683
1/2 WL
Swivel Eye
HF-5
170264
1/2 WL
Swivel Eye
11
HF-11
170380
1-1/2 MR
Swivel Hook
11
HF-12
170442
1-1/2 MR
Swivel Eye
11
HF-13
170503
5/8 WL
Swivel Hook
11
HF-14
170567
5/8 WL
Swivel Eye
11
HAY FORK PULLEYS STOCK NO.
*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Rope Code: MR - Manila Rope, WL - Wire Line.
TONG BLOCKS
Steel sheaves with roller bearings and pressure lubrication.
Forged steel eyes and hooks.
East opening feature shown available in 8" size only.
BLOCK
NO.
171
STOCK
NO.
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(TONS)*
WIRE
ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
CONNECTION
TB-1
171012
1/2
3/4
11
Swivel Eye
TB-1
171058
3/4
12
Swivel Eye
10
TB-1
171101
2-1/2
3/4
30
Swivel Eye
12
TB-1
171156
2-1/2
3/4
35
Swivel Eye
SHEAVE
DIAMETER
(IN.)
171 Tong Block
L AY D O W N B L O C K S
All steel construction, steel sheaves mounted on antifriction bearings, grooved for
maximum of 3/4" wire line.
Used to lay down drill pipe.
Hook made to fit into end of drill pipe, handy dead end becket for returning block hooks
have handle for disengagement.
SHEAVE
DIAMETER
(IN.)
BLOCK
NO.
443
STOCK
NO.
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(TONS)*
WIRE ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
TYPE
BLOCK
4-1/2
443
171414
1/4
1/2
12
Regular
443
171432
1/2
3/4
17
Regular
160
443 Lay Down Block
Snatch Blocks
MCKISSICK OILFIELD SERVICING BLOCKS

M-491 TOWER / DERRICK HOIST BLOCKS
RIGGING HARDWARE
New design provides the dependability of standard McKissick snatch blocks, along with
features that make it perfect for the challenging needs of Tugger Hoist and Tower Erection
applications.
A wide variety of configurations:
4, 8, 12 or 15-metric-ton capacity.
3/8", 7/16", 1/2", 9/16", 5/8", 7/8" and 1" wire line sizes.
Painted or Galvanized finish.
8" and 10" blocks furnished with dual rated wireline sheaves.
Forged steel swivels, tees, yokes and shackles are Quenched and Tempered.
Sheave lubrication through center pin for easy maintenance.
All blocks 14" and larger are furnished with McKissick Roll Forged sheaves with flame
hardened grooves.
Recessed sideplate design reduces the gap between the sheave rim and the side plate,
allowing the sheave assembly to be captured in the block if loss of center pin occurs.
Sealed tapered roller bearings extend the life of the center pin and bearings, and allows
for faster line speeds than recommended with standard snatch blocks.
Suitable for hoisting personnel, contingent upon all employees, including the winch
operator, being trained to follow any applicable Federal, local and industry standards.
Tugger/Derrick applications: API RP54.
Tower applications: OSHA directive CPL 2-1.36.
Holes through side plates are available for secondary block securement device.
Manufactured by an API Q1 Certified facility.
M-491 Tower/Derrick
Hoist Block
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(T)*
SHEAVE
DIAMETER
(IN.)
WIRE ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)
M-491 S
STOCK NO.
PAINTED
M-491 G
STOCK NO.
GALVANIZED
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
3/8 - 1/2
2020161
2020170
35
10
3/8 - 1/2
2020806
2020815
55
10
1/2 - 9/16
2020824
2020833
55
12
10
1/2 - 9/16
2021118
2021127
55
12
14
5/8
2021136
2021145
95
12
14
3/4
2021154
2021163
95
15
16
7/8
2021172
2021181
150
15
16
2021190
2021199
150
161
INDEX
Index
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-71

Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65
Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67
Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-107
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101,104-105
Load Restraints Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-103
Load Restraints Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . .106
Load Restraints Flatbed Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Rigging Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-161
Forged Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-117
Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Spelter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-120
Open Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Closed Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Round Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Alloy Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-127
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
COLD TUFF Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130
Wide Body Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Alloy Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132-133
COLD TUFF Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Pear Shaped Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-136
Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Forged Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138-139
Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
SHUR-LOC Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks . . . . . .142-143
Pipe Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
UNC Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-147
Forged Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149
Forged Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-156
Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-161
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-93
Round Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-89
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-93
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

Truck and SUV Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-114
Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains . . .115
Utility Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-100
Ultrex Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Maxibraid Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Double Esterlon Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Maxibraid Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Ultrex Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-87
Web Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-73
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-83, 85-87
How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95
Wire Rope General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
General Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Wire Rope ID and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Handling and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . .8-11
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23
General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 20-23
Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-61
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-39, 42-61
Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41
Weights and Measurements
US CUSTOMARY SYSTEM
LINEAR MEASURE
10 millimeters
10 centimeters
10 decimeters
10 meters
10 dekameters
10 hectometers
LINEAR MEASURE
= 1 centimeter
= 1 decimeter
= 1 meter
= 1 dekameter
= 1 hectometer
= 1 kilometer
AREA MEASURE
100 sq. millimeters
10,000 sq. centimeters
1,000,000 sq. millimeters
100 sq. meters
100 ares
100 hectares
1,000,000 sq. meters
= 1 foot
= 1 yard
= 1 rod
= 1 furlong
= 1 mile
= 1 league
AREA MEASURE
= 1 sq. centimeter
= 1 sq. meter
= 1 sq. meter
= 1 are (a)
= 1 hectare (ha)
= 1 sq. kilometer
= 1 sq. kilometer
VOLUME MEASURE
1 liter
10 milliliters
10 centiliters
10 deciliters
10 liters
10 dekaliters
10 hectoliters
12 inches
3 feet
5-1/2 yards
40 rods
8 furlongs
3 miles
144 sq. inches

9 sq. feet
30-1/4 sq. yards
160 sq. rods
640 acres
1 sq. mile
36 sections
= 1 sq. foot
= 1 sq. yard
= 1 sq. rod
= 1 acre
= 1 sq. mile
= 1 section
= 1 township
LIQUID MEASURE
= 0.001 cubic meter
= 1 centiliter
= 1 deciliter
= 1 liter
= 1 dekaliter
= 1 hectoliter
= 1 kiloliter
4 gills (2 cups)
2 pints
4 quarts
= 1 centigram
= 1 decigram
= 1 gram
= 1 dekagram
= 1 hectogram
= 1 kilogram
= 1 metric ton
WEIGHT
= 1 pint
= 1 quart
= 1 gallon
D RY M E A S U R E
2 pints
8 quarts
4 pecks
= 1 quart
= 1 peck
= 1 bushel
WEIGHT
10 milligrams
10 centigrams
10 decigrams
10 grams
10 dekagrams
10 hectograms
1,000 kilograms
27-11/32 grains
16 drams
16 ounces
100 pounds
20 hundredweight
US CUSTOMARY SYSTEM CONVERSIONS TO METRIC SYSTEM

LINEAR MEASURE
Inch = 2.54 centimeters
Foot = 30.48 centimeters
Yard = 0.91 meters
Mile = 1.61 kilometers
Centimeter = 0.39 inches

Meter = 3.28 feet
Meter = 1.09 yards
Kilometer = 0.62 miles
WEIGHT
Ounce = 28.35 grams
Pound = 0.45 kilograms
UK Ton (2240 pounds) = 1.02 metric tons
US Ton (2000 pounds) = 0.91 metric tons
Gram = 0.035 ounces

Kilogram = 2.21 pounds
Metric ton (1000 kg.) = 0.98 UK tons
Metric ton (1000 kg.) = 1.10 US tons
= 1 dram
= 1 ounce
= 1 pound
= 1 hundredweight
= 1 ton
WEIGHTS AND
MEASUREMENTS
METRIC SYSTEM
CALENDAR
2010
JANUARY
S
TH
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
FEBRUARY
F
1
8
15
22
29
SA
2
9
16
23
30
S
7
14
21
28
M
1
8
15
22
T
2
9
16
23
7
14
21
28
M
1
8
15
22
29
T
2
9
16
23
30
W
3
10
17
24
31
TH
4
11
18
25
F
5
12
19
26
SA
6
13
20
27
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
MAY
M
TH
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
SA
1
8
15
22
29
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
T
1
8
15
22
29
JULY
M
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
W
1
8
15
22
29
TH
1
8
15
22
29
F
2
9
16
23
30
SA
3
10
17
24
31
S
1
8
15
22
29
M
2
9
16
23
30
7
14
21
28
M
1
8
15
22
29
T
2
9
16
23
30
W
3
10
17
24
TH
1
8
15
22
29
F
2
9
16
23
30
SA
3
10
17
24
W
2
9
16
23
30
TH
3
10
17
24
F
4
11
18
25
SA
5
12
19
26
TH
2
9
16
23
30
TH
4
11
18
25
T
3
10
17
24
31
W
4
11
18
25
F
6
13
20
27
SA
7
14
21
28
F
1
8
15
22
29
SA
2
9
16
23
30
F
3
10
17
24
31
SA
4
11
18
25
TH
5
12
19
26
OCTOBER
F
3
10
17
24
SA
4
11
18
25
TH
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
DECEMBER
NOVEMBER
S
SA
6
13
20
27
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
S
F
5
12
19
26
JUNE
TH
4
11
18
25
APRIL
MARCH
S
W
3
10
17
24
F
5
12
19
26
SA
6
13
20
27
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
W
1
8
15
22
29
TH
2
9
16
23
30
2011
FEBRUARY
TH
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
SA
1
8
15
22
29
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
T
1
8
15
22
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
T
1
8
15
22
29
W
2
9
16
23
30
TH
3
10
17
24
31
F
4
11
18
25
SA
5
12
19
26
M
2
9
16
23
30
T
3
10
17
24
31
W
4
11
18
25
TH
5
12
19
26
TH
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
T
1
8
15
22
29
W
2
9
16
23
30
SA
4
11
18
25
F
5
12
19
26
SA
6
13
20
27
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
F
6
13
20
27
SA
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
F
1
8
15
22
29
SA
2
9
16
23
30
S
7
14
21
28
M
1
8
15
22
29
W
1
8
15
22
29
TH
2
9
16
23
30
TH
1
8
15
22
29
TH
3
10
17
24
T
2
9
16
23
30
W
3
10
17
24
31
TH
4
11
18
25
OCTOBER
F
2
9
16
23
30
SA
3
10
17
24
TH
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
SA
1
8
15
22
29
F
2
9
16
23
30
SA
3
10
17
24
31
DECEMBER
NOVEMBER
S
F
3
10
17
24
TH
SEPTEMBER
W
SA
2
9
16
23
30
AUGUST
F
1
8
15
22
29
JUNE
SA
5
12
19
26
JULY
F
4
11
18
25
MAY
S
1
8
15
22
29
TH
3
10
17
24
APRIL
MARCH
S
W
2
9
16
23
F
4
11
18
25
SA
5
12
19
26
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
TH
1
8
15
22
29
CALENDAR
JANUARY
NOTES
Notes
Notes
NOTES
NOTES
Notes

Wire Rope Sling

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Wire Rope Sling

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Table of Contents

WIRE ROPE, SLINGS, & RIGGING HARDWARE

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

General Cautions and War nings

All products supplied and manufactured by Delta Rigging

Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication,

The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency

Wire Rope Identification and Construction

Figure 1. Four Basic Strand Patterns

Figure 2. Combination Strand Patterns

SELECTING THE PROPER TYPE OF WIRE ROPE CENTER

(3) INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE

(2) FIBER CENTER

An independent wire rope center is usually specified to

This center is made of either pre-lubricated Java sisal

An IWRC increases the strength by 7% and weight of

Wire Rope Identification and Construction

WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS

Cross sections of some commonly used wire rope constructions.

Wire Rope Identification and Construction

CONSTRUCTION OF TYPICAL ROPE LAYS

(1) Right Regular Lay

(2) Left Regular Lay

(3) Right Lang Lay

(4) Left Lang Lay

(5) Right Alternate Lay

Handling and Installation

RECEIVING, INSPECTION AND STORAGE

The true diameter of a wire rope is the

Figure 3. Checking the Diameter

Figure 5. By holding the right or left

It is not necessary to investigate this

Wire rope, when winding on the drum,

Handling and Installation

CALCULATING DRUM CAPACITY

The capacity of a drum for wire rope in feet uniformly

Length of rope in feet

ROPE DIAMETER (IN.)

Figure 7. Wherever practicable, the head

Installation, Operation and Maintenance

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

In all applications of wire rope wherein the use of

For all elevator ropes, the tolerances shall be +1/64

Figure 8. Illustrates the various dimensions of a

DIAMETER TOLERANCES FOR SHEAVE GROOVES

NOMINAL ROPE DIAMETER

GROOVE DIAMETER TOLERANCES

1/4 through 5/16

3/8 through 3/4

13/16 through 1-1/8

1-3/16 through 1-1/2

1-9/16 through 2-1/4

Installation, Operation and Maintenance

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

SAFE LOADS - FACTORS OF SAFETY

The factor of safety is determined by dividing the breaking strength

While arbitrary values for factors of safety cannot be definitely

Hot Ladle Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

On special installations, may we suggest that you contact our

Installation, Operation and Maintenance

TAKING UP SLACK AT FULL SPEED

TOTAL LOAD AT REST

TAKING UP 6" SLACK

If Safety Factor of 5 was provided for Condition A